Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Fevertree Drinks

Fevertree Drinks

fevr · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker fevr
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Fevertree Drinks
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
for the year ended 31 December 2023
GOING TO
EXCEPTIONAL
LENGTHS

OUR PURPOSE 
Fever-Tree is built on the 
unwavering belief that 
there is always a better way 
– a refusal to compromise 
and a commitment to 
never settle for the status 
quo. This founding 
principle remains as true 
today as it was at the 
very outset. 
We are dedicated to the pursuit of 
excellence, continuously innovating 
our products and packaging. But 
our passion extends beyond crafting 
exceptional mixers and soft drinks; 
it involves challenging ourselves to 
make a meaningful positive impact 
in how we source our ingredients and 
the communities in which we operate. 
And in doing so inspire and engage 
not only our colleagues, customers, 
and partners but also our consumers. 
OUR CULTURE
Rooted in the 
entrepreneurial values 
of our co-founders, 
Fever-Tree’s culture 
thrives even as the 
business expands in depth, 
breadth, and complexity.
We remain committed to maintaining 
and championing this entrepreneurial 
ethos. Our organisational structure 
remains informal and open, 
fostering a culture where every 
team member, regardless of role or 
seniority, feels empowered to make 
a genuine difference in our ongoing 
international success.
OUR STORY: 
GOING TO EXCEPTIONAL 
LENGTHS IN PURSUIT 
OF THE BEST
For the latest investor relations 
information, visit our website: 
www.fever-tree.com/investors

CONTENTS
CEO’S REVIEW
p20
SUSTAINABILITY REVIEW
p32
OUR STRATEGIC 
BLUEPRINT
p14
OVERVIEW
Highlights	
02
At a Glance	
04
Chairman’s Statement	
06
Going to exceptional 
lengths in… 	
10
STRATEGIC REPORT
Our Business Model	
12
Our Strategic Blueprint	
14
Delivering Against
our Blueprint	
16
Underpinning the 
Opportunity	
18
Chief Executive’s Review	
20
Q&A with Kate Stables	
22
Business Review	
24
Sustainability Review	
32
Financial Review	
58
Section 172 and 
Stakeholder Engagement	
62
Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties	
66
Viability Statement	
71
Going to exceptional 
lengths in…	
72
GOVERNANCE
Board of Directors	
74
Corporate Governance 
Statement	
76
Nomination Committee 
Report	
80
Audit Committee Report	
82
Remuneration
Committee Report	
86
Directors’ Report	
102
Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities	
104
Going to exceptional 
lengths in…	
106
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Independent 
Auditor’s Report	
108
Consolidated Statement of 
Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income	
115
Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position	
116
Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity	
117
Consolidated Statement 
of Cash Flows	
118
Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements	
119
Company Statement 
of Financial Position	
144
Company Statement 
of Changes in Equity	
145
Notes to the Company 
Financial Statements	
146
OTHER
Company Information	
150
Notice of Annual 
General Meeting	
151
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
01

2023
£364.4m 
2022
£344.3m
2021
£311.1m
2023
£30.5m
2022
£39.7m
2021
£63.0m
2023
£59.9m
2022
£95.3m
2021
£166.2m
2023 HIGHLIGHTS
THE FEVER-TREE BRAND 
IS STRONGER THAN EVER, 
MAINTAINING OUR POSITION 
AS THE NUMBER ONE MIXER 
BRAND GLOBALLY
Financial highlights
Operational highlights
REVENUE
£364.4m
(2022: £344.3m)
Expansion of our global production 
footprint, to reduce emissions and drive 
efficiencies through our supply chain.
Successful launch of Cocktail Mixer range and 
expansion of our Adult Soft Range, enabling 
our portfolio to be relevant across an even 
greater number of drinking occasions.
Established Fever-Tree Australia with a local 
team based in Sydney and Melbourne.
ADJUSTED EBITDA 
£30.5m
(2022: £39.7m)
CASH
£59.9m
(2022: £95.3m)
Footnote: Analysis on pages 1 to 105 of this front end of the Annual Report refers to adjusted EBITDA. The Group believes adjusted EBITDA to be a key indicator of underlying 
operational performance, adjusting operating profit for several non-cash items and other items deemed not to have an impact on the sustained operating performance of the 
business. As a consequence of these adjustments, the Group believes that adjusted EBITDA represents normalised operating profits. Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended 
31 December 2023 is operating profit of £20.8m before depreciation of £6.3m, amortisation of £1.7m and share based payment charges of £1.7m. Adjusted EBITDA is an 
appropriate measure since it represents to users a normalised, comparable operating profit, excluding the effects of the accounting estimates, non-cash items and non-recurring 
items as mentioned above. The definition for adjusted EBITDA as defined above is consistent with the definition applied in previous years. This measure is not defined in the 
International Financial Reporting Standards, which forms the basis of the presentation of the Financial Statements included on pages 115 to 118. Since this is an indicator 
specific to the Group’s operational structure, it may not be comparable to adjusted metrics used by other companies. Adjusted EBITDA is not intended to be a substitute for 
metrics determined in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
02
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023

Sustainability highlights
2023 awards and recognition
Voted ‘Number One Top 
Selling Mixer’ and ‘Number 
One Top Trending Mixer’ for 
the 10th year in a row
Mixer brand of the 
year for the 4th year 
in a row
For international trade
Received ‘very good to work for’ 
rating, placing the Brand in the 
top 5 food and drink companies 
to work for
5%
REDUCTION IN EMISSIONS RELATED TO 
OUR PRODUCTS SOLD IN THE UK IN 2022
DRINKS
INTERNATIONAL
THE KING’S 
AWARD
NEW YORK INTERNATIONAL 
SPIRITS COMPETITION
BEST COMPANIES 
TO WORK FOR
100%
RENEWABLE ELECTRICITY USED 
ACROSS ALL FEVER-TREE OFFICES
10th
YEAR OF SUPPORTING 
MALARIA NO MORE UK
	 See our sustainability section to find out more / pages 32 to 57 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
03

FEVER-TREE IS THE WORLD’S LEADING 
SUPPLIER OF PREMIUM CARBONATED 
MIXERS. 2023 SAW THE US BECOME 
THE GROUP’S LARGEST MARKET
BY REVENUE
AT A GLANCE
 
For more details see our website /
www.fever-tree.com/products
QUALITY, 
FLAVOUR 
AND CHOICE
ARE CENTRAL 
TO OUR 
PRODUCT 
RANGE
Premium Indian 
Tonic
Our very first product. 
Designed to enhance the very 
best gins, vodkas and fortified 
wines, like vermouth, fino 
sherry and white port.
Flavoured
Tonics
Designed to provide choice 
to consumers reflecting 
the growing range of gins 
and other spirits that are 
increasingly available in the 
On and Off-Trade.
Ginger Ales, Ginger 
Beers & Colas
Mixers for pairing with 
dark spirits such as whisky, 
bourbons and rums.
Our products
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
04
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023

Lemonades
Perfectly balanced to be 
mixed with vodkas and gins 
or equally delicious as a 
sophisticated drink on its own.
Sodas
Premium sodas designed to be 
paired with a variety of spirits 
from gins and tequilas through 
to vermouths and Italian 
Liqueurs, creating longer, 
lighter mixed drinks.
Adult Soft Drinks
Our sophisticated sparkling 
soft drinks are low in sugar and 
calories with no compromise 
on flavour. The range includes 
our Cloudy British Apple, 
Sicilian Lemonade and 
Sparkling Mexican Lime.
Cocktail Mixers
Our new range includes classic 
cocktails such as the Margarita, 
Mojito, Passion Fruit Martini, 
Espresso Martini and Bloody 
Mary, each expertly crafted 
with the same expertise as our 
award-winning mixers.
UK
Europe
US
Rest of the 
World
Global reach and % split
Revenue
% Share of Revenue
UK
£114.8m
32%
US
£117.0m
32%
Europe
£105.4m
29%
Rest of the World
£27.2m
7%
TOTAL REVENUE
£364.4m
	 See our regional business reviews / pages 24 to 31
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
05

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT
IT IS A GREAT PLEASURE 
AND HONOUR TO BECOME 
CHAIR OF FEVER-TREE
The operational challenges faced by 
the Group in recent years against 
a volatile macroeconomic and 
geopolitical backdrop has accelerated 
management focus on continual 
improvement of the underlying 
foundational systems and capabilities 
of the Group. I believe that our global 
supply chain capability, procurement 
processes, operating business 
models and talent development 
structures have improved significantly 
over the last two years. We have 
learnt important lessons and 
are increasingly better placed to 
capitalise on the global potential of 
the brand in years to come. In the US 
specifically, we are confident that we 
have sufficient capabilities, flexibility 
and contingencies in place to both 
ensure continuity and capture growth.
These efforts require strong 
leadership, teamwork, changes to 
ways of working, and new behaviours 
which have taken up significant 
human and financial resource 
during 2023. In the shorter term, 
these initiatives, coupled with a 
gradually improving and less volatile 
inflationary environment, allow us 
to be confident about our margin 
recovery pathway. 
This is my first report as Chair of Fever-Tree following the retirement of Bill Ronald. 
Bill joined the company in 2013 when the business generated turnover of £23million 
and employed 16 people. 
Bill oversaw the remarkable growth 
of the Group from its grass roots 
to a truly global premium beverage 
business, an achievement he, and 
the management team, should be 
commended for. It was a privilege 
to work with him on the Board, we 
will miss his wise counsel, personal 
warmth, and calm leadership.
Strategic performance
2023 was another challenging and 
volatile year for many consumer 
goods companies, and Fever-Tree 
was no exception. The macro 
economic backdrop remains tough, 
particularly as it follows a number 
of exceptionally difficult years, and 
it is a credit to the wider Fever-Tree 
team that once again faced the year 
with agility, enthusiasm, resilience, 
and commercialism, delivering a 
good result in difficult circumstances. 
I strongly believe that these efforts 
continue to underpin the potential 
of Fever-Tree and will hold us in good 
stead in the years to come. On behalf 
of the Board, thank you for your 
enormous contribution.
Board Engagement
As part of the Board’s ongoing 
support of the Group’s 
sustainability initiatives. 
Clare Swindell presented at 
Fever-Tree’s quarterly Women’s 
network lunch, sharing her 
experience and advice on a range 
of topics including imposter 
syndrome/assertiveness/presence 
at work, as well as balancing 
work and family life.
	 For more details see our colleagues 
section of our sustainability review / 
pages 56 and 57
Placed Top 5
IN FOOD AND DRINKS COMPANIES 
BY ‘BEST COMPANIES’
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
06
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023

Fever-Tree has 
significant headroom 
to grow our share 
of the global 
mixer market.”
Domenic De Lorenzo
Non-Executive Chairman
As importantly, over the long 
term these initiatives improve our 
capability to fully support our 
global growth ambition.
It would be wrong to assume that this 
deeper focus on capability, process, 
and cost management, implies a 
loss of attention on the potential 
growth trajectory of Fever-Tree. 
Despite the current headwinds, the 
fundamentals of our business remain 
very attractive, underpinned in part 
by the well documented long term 
sectoral tail winds in the related 
long alcoholic drinks category in our 
key markets. Fever-Tree’s intrinsic 
strengths such as quality of ingredient, 
depth of flavour, and strength of 
innovation means it is well placed 
to take advantage of the consumer’s 
appetite for premiumisation, quality 
and authenticity.
The brand has significant headroom 
to grow our share of the global mixer 
market, and we have started to 
bolster our core mixer range with the 
introduction of products in adjacent 
categories, such as premium adult 
soft drinks and cocktail mixers, 
diversifying our growth platform 
to even more occasions. 
In terms of long-term strategic focus, 
Fever‑Tree remains very focused on 
driving and investing in the top line.
The Board works closely with the 
founder-led executive management 
team, and as part of its responsibilities, 
carries out a formal review of the 
Group’s strategy on an annual basis. 
We remain strongly supportive of the 
actions taken by management during 
2023 to anchor the necessary focus 
on the long-term opportunity of 
Fever-Tree. In the coming years, while 
we are mindful of continued global 
turbulence and ongoing cost inflation, 
as well as the need to rebuild our 
gross margin, we will continue to 
invest in the brand. This will include 
new product development and 
innovation, evolving our route to 
market platforms, accessing new scale 
markets, developing our relationships 
with key spirits partners, and in our 
execution capability. 
We believe that this investment 
is fundamental to the long-term 
superior performance of the business.
	 Find out about our strategic blueprint /
pages 14 and 15
Culture
At its heart, Fever-Tree is a founder- 
led, highly entrepreneurial, positive 
and collaborative company, with 
the essential purpose of our mixers 
being to enhance the flavour, taste 
and sociability of various drinking 
occasions. The Board sees one 
of its core roles as fostering and 
embedding that culture. Therefore, 
as part of its responsibilities, the 
Board regularly reviews Fever-Tree’s 
culture, behaviours, skills, and people 
capabilities, considering the evolution 
of the business, and is satisfied that 
executive management are building 
the appropriate team and underlying 
people structures to meet Fever-Tree’s 
future challenges and opportunities. 
External validation of this view is 
also important, and this year the 
business conducted an engagement 
survey through ‘Best Companies’ 
and received ‘very good to work for’, 
placing us in the top five food and 
drink companies.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
07

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT CONTINUED
Coline was a strong and valuable 
contributor to the Board, especially 
regarding the development of 
the People function and the 
Remuneration Committee, and we 
will miss her careful consideration. 
•	 We are delighted to announce the 
appointment of David Lapp as a 
Non-Executive Director with effect 
from 1st January 2024. David 
recently retired from PepsiCo 
Beverages North America, where 
he was employed for over 35 years 
in numerous roles across that 
Group’s supply chain, including 
Chief Supply Chain Officer for 
PepsiCo Beverages North America, 
and most latterly as Senior Vice 
President of Manufacturing Strategy, 
PepsiCo North America. David has 
deep experience of all aspects of 
supply chain management, of the 
US Beverage Industry and global 
business expansion and will deepen 
and improve the Board’s capabilities 
as well as supporting Management as 
required. We look forward to working 
with him in the years to come.
Following these changes, the 
Board will be made up of eight 
highly committed and experienced 
individuals with women representing 
25% of the total. The Board is 
committed to the continued 
enhancement of Fever-Tree’s 
desired culture and within that the 
improvement of Fever-Tree’s diversity 
and inclusion levels throughout the 
organisation. We have an objective to 
add further to the Board’s capabilities 
while increasing the diversity of the 
Board in the coming years.
	 See our Board of Directors /
pages 74 and 75
The Board
This year, there are a number 
of changes to the Board to report:
•	 As noted in my introduction, the 
retirement of Bill Ronald as Chair 
and Non-Executive Director after 
10 years of service, combined 
with my appointment as Chair 
with effect from 25th May 2023. 
As a result, of this appointment, 
I stepped down as Chair of the 
Audit Committee on the same date.
•	 We were delighted to welcome 
Clare Swindell as a new Non-
Executive Director and as Chair of 
the Audit Committee with effect 
from 25th May 2023. Clare was, 
until recently, Co-Chief Executive 
Officer of Camelot and prior 
to that she was Chief Financial 
Officer at dunnhumby and is also 
a non-executive director and chair 
of the audit and risk committee 
at John Lewis Partnership. She 
brings a wealth of experience across 
general management, finance, and 
operations in a number of related 
consumer sectors which further 
strengthens our Board’s capabilities. 
I am sure Clare will only improve 
on the performance of the Audit 
Committee and we wish her great 
success in her role at Fever-Tree.
•	 We announced during the year 
that Coline McConville has 
relinquished her role as Non-
Executive Director, as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee and 
as Senior Independent Director. 
Coline joined the Company in 
November 2014, and formally 
resigned with effect from 31st 
December 2023. As a result, during 
this financial year, we announced 
the appointment of Kevin Havelock 
as Senior Independent Director 
and Laura Hagan as Chair of 
the Remuneration Committee 
with effect from 25th May 2023. 
Culture continued
Diversity and equality of talent 
and an inclusive environment are 
fundamental building blocks to 
Fever-Tree’s culture and implicit 
values. During this financial year 
we have enhanced the capability, 
objectives and governance of the 
Group’s Diversity, Equality, and 
Inclusion Committee (‘DE&I 
Committee’), including direct 
oversight of the Board on the 
development of this initiative within 
Fever-Tree. There remains work to 
do in terms of diversity and equality 
at senior levels in the organisation, 
which is a focus for the Board, and 
I will look to report on our progress 
over my tenure.
Sustainability
The business continues to make 
progress across all five of our 
sustainability branches; climate, circular 
economy, conservation, communities, 
and colleagues. As part of this, we have 
long-standing projects and partnerships, 
including our commitment to reducing 
our greenhouse gas emissions per litre of 
product, along with our 10-year support 
for Malaria No More UK to help fight 
one of the world’s deadliest diseases.
I am encouraged by the ongoing work 
that’s being done in this area of the 
business, which will be enhanced 
going forward by a new set of 
Sustainability KPIs to keep us even 
more accountable from 2024.
	 See our sustainability section /
pages 32 to 57
At its heart, Fever-Tree is a founder-led,
highly entrepreneurial, positive and 
collaborative company.”
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
08

Dividend
Reflecting the financial strength and 
continuing confidence of the Group, 
the Board is pleased to recommend a 
final dividend of 10.90 pence per share 
in respect of 2023 (2022: 10.68 pence 
per share) bringing the total dividend 
for the year to 16.64 pence per share 
(2022: 16.31 pence per share). If 
approved by shareholders at the 
AGM on 6 June 2024 the final 
dividend will be paid on 21 June 2024 
to shareholders on the register on 
17 May 2024.
AGM
The AGM is due to take place on 
6 June 2024. Shareholders will be 
able to vote on resolutions by proxy by 
following the guidance provided in the 
AGM notice. Shareholders are also 
invited to submit any questions for 
the Board to agm@fever-tree.com.
Domenic De Lorenzo
Non-Executive Chairman

25 March 2024
Summary
It is of course a great pleasure 
and honour to become Chair of 
Fever-Tree. The company has 
enormous potential underpinned 
by a wonderful brand, great 
people, and an increasingly 
capable global supply chain. 
In addition to protecting the 
interests of all our stakeholders, 
this Board is committed to 
helping your management 
achieve this potential effectively 
in the coming years with 
particular focus on making 
good strategic decisions for 
the long term, fostering an 
entrepreneurial, inclusive, 
and accountable culture, and 
helping build a highly effective, 
committed, and passionate team.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
09

GOING TO EXCEPTIONAL
LENGTHS IN EUROPE
SICILY
INGREDIENTS
Features in:
Sicilian Lemonade
RL Sicilian Lemonade
Rose Lemonade
Lemon Tonic Water
RL Lemon Tonic Water
Our story
We source our lemons across the island. There is a particular 
concentration of farms to the northwest of the island in Palermo 
– known as ‘Conca d’Oro’ or ‘Shell of God’ - because of the shining 
gold landscape caused by the abundance of lemons growing. The sun 
drenches the lemons through the day which is balanced with cool 
evenings, thus delivering a deliciously sweet lemon. 
Process & harvest
Beautifully rugged and irregular lemons are handpicked by a small 
team as they contain more rich oils, whilst the ‘perfect’ lemons are sent 
to supermarkets.
The lemon oils are subtracted by ‘Sfumatrice’ method. This process 
involves extracting both the oils from the peel and the juice from the 
fruit of the Sicilian lemons. The essential lemon oil that we use comes 
from the Winter Lemon Oil. This is from the Pima Fiore, or the finest of 
the oil, producing high quality and flavour rich oil.
Flavour notes:
Fresh and Zesty!
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
10

SICILIAN LEMON
Citrus Lemonus
We source some of the world’s 
finest lemons which are grown and 
hand-picked in the fertile groves 
of Sicily, where the ground is 
enriched by Mount Etna’s volcanic 
soil. To extract fresh, zesty, high-
quality oils from the skin of the 
lemons, Sfumatrice equipment is 
used to gently press the fruit, a 
process normally reserved for the 
perfume industry.
STRATEGIC 
REPORT
Our Business Model
12
Our Strategic Blueprint
14
Delivering Against our Blueprint
16
Underpinning the Opportunity	
18
Chief Executive’s Review
20
Q&A with Kate Stables
22
Business Review	

24
Sustainability Review	

32
Financial Review	

58
Section 172 and Stakeholder Engagement	
62
Principal Risks and Uncertainties	

66
Viability Statement	

71
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
11

IN
NO
VA
TI
ON
 
PA
RT
NE
RS
HI
P
S
WHAT DRIVES US
DELIVERING SUSTAINABLE FUTURE GROWTH
AND A POSITIVE SOCIAL IMPACT
OUR BUSINESS MODEL
 Read more / pages 4 and 5

 Read more / pages 16 and 17
 Read more / pages 14 and 15

 Read more / pages 10 and 11
MARKET TRENDS AND 
CUSTOMER INSIGHTS
Our teams study consumer trends 
& work with spirits partners to 
understand attitudes, motivations 
and drink preferences.
SOURCING OUR 
INGREDIENTS
We use the highest quality 
ingredients in our products, 
responsibly sourced from 
around the world. 
OUTSOURCED MANUFACTURING, 
PACKAGING AND DISTRIBUTION
Our outsourced manufacturing, 
close to our end markets where 
possible, allows for scalability 
and operational flexibility. 
DISTRIBUTION TO ON-TRADE AND 
OFF-TRADE CUSTOMERS
Our On and Off-Trade teams 
have well established, 
long-term relationships 
with our customers.
INNOVATION
We innovate to extend our
flavours and formats and 
ensure our products reflect 
the drinking habits and taste 
profiles for the region. 
MARKETING AND PROMOTION
We invest in multiple platforms 
to promote the brand, educate 
consumers and activate new 
products, increasingly alongside 
spirits partners.
DRIVEN BY 
OUR PASSION AND 
COMMITMENT TO 
SUSTAINABILITY
 Read more /
pages 32 to 57
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
12

WHAT THIS MEANS
FOR OUR STAKEHOLDERS
Our colleagues
Expanding employment opportunities 
and fostering personal development 
in tandem with a robust, 
entrepreneurial culture.


	 Read more / pages 56 and 57
Our supply chain partners
As our business expands, the demand 
for our suppliers’ products and 
services grows, presenting increased 
opportunities for closer collaboration 
and partnerships. This also provides 
a platform for knowledge sharing to 
enhance efficiencies and expertise.
	 Read more / page 63
Our customers
As a premium product, we provide 
attractive margins to our On and 
Off-Trade customers as well as 
stimulating interest in the wider 
mixer category and long mixed 
drink trend.
	 Read more / pages 14 and 15
Our consumers
Consumers get the choice and quality 
they require to have the best drinking 
experiences both at home and in bars 
and restaurants.


	 Read more / pages 16 and 17
Our investors
Strong returns based upon first mover 
advantage and growth opportunities 
across the globe.



	 Read more / pages 58 to 61
Our communities
As we grow, we drive economic value 
through our supply chain, creating 
wider employment opportunities 
as well as investing in projects and 
partnerships in local communities, 
both where we source from but also 
where our products are consumed.
	 Read more / pages 52 to 54
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
13

1
3
FEVER-TREE’S STRATEGIC 
BLUEPRINT IS DRIVING SUCCESS 
ACROSS GLOBAL MARKETS
OUR STRATEGIC BLUEPRINT
FOCUS ON QUALITY & BREADTH OF PRODUCTS
LOYAL, LIFETIME CONSUMERS
How we do it
The cornerstone of the brand is the quality 
and breadth of our products. No other 
brand goes to the lengths we do to source 
the very best ingredients from around the 
world and no other brand has the breadth 
of the portfolio we have, ensuring we have 
the right products, for the right trends, 
in the right markets.
Innovation doesn’t just stop at our 
products, we are continually looking 
at ways to evolve our marketing and 
consumer engagement. In recent years this 
has included opening our first standalone 
bar in Edinburgh Airport in Scotland 
which has provided an excellent platform 
for the brand.
How we do it
The cornerstone of the distribution 
strategy is that we set out to recruit loyal, 
lifetime consumers. We do this by initially 
positioning the brand solely in the high-
end On- and Off-Trade and engage first 
and foremost with opinion formers such 
as bar tenders, chefs and drinks journalists, 
winning their endorsement and driving 
brand awareness through word of mouth; 
the most valuable form of consumer 
recruitment. Central to all messaging is 
the ingredient quality and ‘3/4s’ message.
Only once we have started to drive category 
growth we broaden our distribution 
footprint, always ensuring rate-of-sale 
drives further distribution gains.
2023 Progress
Our focus on innovation allows us to tap 
into ever more occasions and with it the 
most popular drinking trends across our 
markets. The last 12 months has seen the 
brand expand into two adjacent categories 
outside of our core mixer range: 
Adult soft drinks and cocktail mixers, 
which have both already gained good 
distribution in the UK while our cocktail 
mixer range has also enjoyed a positive 
launch in the US. 
We also continue to expand our core 
mixer portfolio to cater to a greater 
number of spirit occasions and consumer 
tastes, such as the launch of Blood Orange 
Ginger Beer in the US.
2023 Progress
The Brand has been Voted ‘Number One 
Top Selling Mixer’ and ‘Number One Top 
Trending Mixer’ for the 10th year in a 
row. This is a key endorsement from the 
top bartenders and bars from around 
the globe, helping to drive consumer 
recruitment in early stage markets in 
particular, as well as showcasing our 
premium positioning and reputation 
in our more mature markets.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
14

4
2
PREMIUM BUT ACCESSIBLE PRICE POINT
FIRST MOVER ADVANTAGE
How we do it
Building the brand through the On-Trade 
allows us to establish a premium but 
accessible price point, which in turn drives 
category growth and premiumisation, 
delivering superior margins for all our 
customers throughout the chain.
How we do it
Our outsourced business model has 
provided the brand with the flexibility to 
move into new markets as and when the 
opportunity arises, in turn helping to create 
significant barriers to the competition. 
2023 Progress
The brand maintained its position as 
the number one mixer brand globally, 
with notable share gains in the US Tonic 
and Ginger Beer categories, as well as in the 
UK On-Trade.
2023 Progress
We are now in over 90 markets around the 
globe and in the past 18 months have evolved 
our route to market in a number of regions 
including Japan, Canada and most notably 
Australia, reflecting the opportunity ahead.
ALL UNDERPINNED BY AN OUTSOURCED OPERATIONAL MODEL 
THAT ALLOWS FOR STRONG CASH FLOW GENERATION AND 
OPERATIONAL FLEXIBILITY.
OUR APPROACH ALLOWS THE GROUP TO KEEP INVESTING 
BEHIND AND FOCUS ON THE LONG-TERM OPPORTUNITY, 
ESPECIALLY IN OUR NEXT WAVE MARKETS, AS WELL AS GIVING 
US OPTIONALITY TO RETURN CASH TO SHAREHOLDERS.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
15

+82%
Fever-Tree has driven the growth of UK mixers1
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
800
600
400
200
0
  Mixer category size 	
	
  Fever-Tree market share
  Schweppes market share 	
  Other premium brands
Mixer market size (£m)
Market share
£406m
£740m
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
0%
1	 IRI.
...In the UK
DELIVERING AGAINST
OUR BLUEPRINT... 
STRATEGY IN ACTION
KEY INGREDIENTS
•	
First mover advantage
•	
Premium price point
•	
Strong relationships 
with customers and 
spirit partners
•	
Ability to extend into 
adjacent categories
Fever-Tree has not only grown its market share from 5% in 2014 to over 
44% in 2023, but we have driven the growth of the entire mixer category, 
which has almost doubled in value over the same time period.”
Fever-Tree has driven the growth of the UK mixer category and in turn has become 
clear market leader.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
16

Fever-Tree is no.1 Tonic 
and Ginger Beer brand
in the US by value
Fever-Tree’s US Off-Trade sales growth by category1
% growth YoY
Total Mkt Share
Tonics
Ginger Beer
Ginger Ales
Club Soda
Sparkling
+24%
+17%
+23%
+20%
+47%
+46%
1	 Nielsen 52 weeks to 31 Dec 2023.
...In the USA
For more details see our website /
www.fever-tree.com/range/cocktails
KEY INGREDIENTS
•	
First mover advantage
•	
Premium price point
•	
Strong relationships 
with customers and 
spirit partners
•	
Ability to extend into 
adjacent categories
Fever-Tree is driving premium mixing trends, especially in the Ginger 
Beer and Tonic categories, where we now have a notable lead against the 
competition, with 26% and 25% value share in these categories respectively.”
Our new Cocktail Mixer Range
Aiming to revolutionise the simplicity of 
making popular cocktails, our new range 
is not only opening up a new portfolio of 
drinks for people to make at home, but also 
enabling the On-Trade channel to offer high 
quality cocktails that were previously limited 
to high‑end bars.
The US is now Fever-Tree’s largest market and remains a significant opportunity 
for the brand.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
17

FEVER-TREE REMAINS AT
THE CENTRE OF A NUMBER OF 
SUPPORTIVE GLOBAL TRENDS 
UNDERPINNING THE OPPORTUNITY
Spirits taking share from wine and beer 

The last two decades has seen consumers continue to turn away from beer 
and wine in favour of spirits. This trend has accelerated in recent years, most 
notably in the US, Fever-Tree’s largest market, as a surge in craft and premium 
spirits enter the marketplace.
Spirits revenue market share grew from 28.7% in 2000 to 42.2% in 2023, 
surpassing beer with wine accounting for 16.1%.
Premium segments driving spirits growth

Despite the global economic headwinds seen in 2023, spirits growth continues 
to be driven by the premium end of the category. Consumer trends embedded 
by the COVID 19 pandemic, most notably increased interest in premium drinks 
and drinking less but better, has continued.
In 2015, the super-premium segment of the market represented just c.15% of 
the overall global spirit’s market. By 2025, this is expected to increase to c.29%. 
In contrast, the standard segment is expected to drop to 42% (previously 
c.53%) and the value segment is expected to drop to c.9% (previously c.16%).
In the latest Bacardi Global Consumer Survey, 7 in 10 respondents globally said 
that they would pay more for quality spirits when choosing a drink and 41% of 
US respondents aged 21–44 are looking to seek more premium spirits in 2024.
Growing interest in cocktails

Consumers are increasingly exploring a wider range of long mixed drinks both 
in the On-Trade and at home. In the UK On-Trade cocktails share of licenced 
sales increased from 6% to 10% post COVID 19 as consumers returned to the 
On-Trade looking to replicate the drinks they had been making at home.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
18

Beer
Spirits
Wine
41.8%
42.2%
16.1%
16.60%
17.00%
16.10%
16.00%
15.70%
16.90%
16.70%
32.10%
35.40%
41.30%
41.90%
28.70%
33.30%
39.60%
51.30%
47.50%
42.50%
42.10%
55.50%
49.80%
43.60%
2000
2010
2015
2015
2020
2025E
2020
2022
2023
2005
Spirits
Super Premium
Premium
Standard
Value
Wine
Beer
16.2%
53.3%
15.2%
15.2%
12.0%
8.57%
42.3%
19.8%
29.3%
49.1%
18.0%
20.9%
‘10 YEARS AT THE TOP’
For the last ten years, the industry experts at Drinks 
International have been tracking the growth of mixers as 
a category and reporting back on what’s happening in the 
very best bars around the world. Every year they ask the 
world’s most influential bartenders what drinks they are 
mixing up the most and more importantly, what mixers 
are they mixing with. We are delighted to announce that 
for the 10th consecutive year running, Fever-Tree has been 
voted the Top Trending and Best Selling mixer brand by the 
world’s best bars. 
For more details see our website /
www.fever-tree.com/news
OPPORTUNITY
Given Fever-Tree’s position 
as the no.1 global premium 
mixer, we are ideally positioned 
to benefit from the on-going 
interest in spirits and how 
and where they are consumed. 
This growth is happening 
across many spirits categories 
including tequila, rum and 
whisky, supporting the growing 
popularity of our broad range 
of mixers including our sodas 
and gingers.
OPPORTUNITY
Our premium positioning, 
relationships with spirits 
companies across the globe 
and depth and breath of our 
distribution provides excellent 
opportunities to drive further 
distribution gains in our more 
mature markets while also 
taking advantage of evolving 
drinking habits in our next 
wave and early stage markets.
OPPORTUNITY
2023 has seen Fever-Tree launch 
its range of Cocktail Mixers across 
a number of its regions for both its 
On and Off-Trade customers. 
We believe we have been able to revolutionise the simplicity of making 
these popular cocktails at home, ensuring that all that is required is to 
add the spirit, thus making a superb quality Margarita, Mojito or Espresso 
Martini is now as easy as making a G&T, opening up new opportunities 
for these serves in the Off-Trade and extending the reach of high quality 
cocktails across the On-Trade.
13 points of market share gain since 2000
2023
Spirits U.S. market share – supplier revenue
Global spirits value by price tier, 2015–2025 (estimated)
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
19

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW
This included signing a long-term 
agreement with a new primary 
glass supplier in UK and Europe 
as well as taking a measured and 
consistent approach to pricing across 
our markets. Taken alongside the 
softening inflationary pressures, 
most starkly seen in trans-Atlantic 
freight pricing, we saw a significant 
improvement in gross margin 
through the year and a doubling of 
EBITDA in the second half. This 
operational progress our team has 
delivered means I am confident that 
we are entering 2024 in the strongest 
position the business has ever been 
in from an operational perspective, 
setting the Group up for strong 
profitable growth going forward.
But what has been just as pleasing has 
been our ability to remain focused on 
the opportunity ahead of us. Whilst 
the vagaries of the British weather as 
well as the recessionary environment 
in a number of key European markets 
impacted our overall revenue, 2023 
has been a year when the Fever-Tree 
brand itself has once again grown in 
breadth and depth, with market share 
gains across our regions. Perhaps the 
most significant milestone has been 
the US becoming our largest market 
by revenue. This is a remarkable 
achievement and testament to the 
strength of the brand in the US where 
we have extended our no.1 position 
in both the Ginger Beer and Tonic 
categories as well as broadening our 
range and distribution.
The G&T of course remains an 
integral growth driver for the Group 
with plenty of white space and growth 
opportunities for our tonic range 
across our markets but 2023 has also 
seen a step change in our non-tonic 
portfolio especially in our more 
mature markets such as the UK. 
Performance Overview
As I reflect on our performance over 
the last 12 months, the word context 
comes to mind. Context in terms 
of the inflationary cost pressures we 
were facing as we begun 2023 and 
context in terms of our performance 
through the year especially versus 
our competition.
Fever-Tree has of course not been the 
only business facing an extremely 
challenging inflationary environment. 
That said, our global footprint, 
growth profile and determination 
to continue to take advantage of the 
opportunity ahead of us meant we 
were perhaps more exposed than 
many especially in relation to trans-
Atlantic freight rates and energy 
costs related to the production of our 
glass bottles. Whilst our ability to 
influence the wider macro-economic 
environment is limited, we recognised 
the need to drive operational change 
and efficiencies and with it an 
improvement in margins as the year 
progressed. However, we were also 
conscious of remaining resolutely 
focused on delivering top line growth 
and strengthening our market share 
across the globe.
There is undeniably a fine balance 
to strike between the two and I am 
particularly proud of how our team 
has responded and delivered on both 
fronts as the year progressed.
Whilst our gross margin for the 
full year was impacted by the 
factors mentioned above, we took 
proactive steps to deliver operational 
efficiencies and increasingly 
mitigated these cost headwinds as 
the year progressed. 
Not only have our gingers and sodas 
continued to see strong growth 
but the last 12 months has seen 
the launch of our range of cocktail 
mixers alongside the roll out of 
our Adult Soft Drink range. I have 
always been passionate about our 
innovation whether it be going out 
to find new ingredients or talking to 
our bartenders or spirits partners to 
help develop new ideas and our new 
cocktail mixer range is no different. 
Not only do they taste fantastic but 
they are providing consumers with 
an easy way into a category that is 
becoming ever more popular.
	 See our business review /
pages 24 to 31
People & Culture
As the Group grows across multiple 
geographies, we remain focused on 
ensuring we have both appropriate 
resource and the correct systems to 
facilitate this growth. Reflecting our 
growth trajectory in Australia, we 
established a subsidiary operation in 
Australia, building a local team based 
in Sydney and Melbourne. 
We have also made good progress 
implementing a programme focused 
on updating our end-to-end 
operational processes, investing in new 
technology to underpin this, as well as 
training and up-skilling our team to 
ensure we are equipped to continue to 
deliver the growth opportunity.
WE HAVE AN EXCELLENT 
PLATFORM FROM WHICH TO GROW 
THE BRAND GLOBALLY
2023 has seen a 
step change in our 
non-tonic portfolio.”
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
20

Whilst the business grows in 
depth, breadth and complexity, we 
are focused on maintaining and 
championing our entrepreneurial 
ethos. Ensuring that we maintain an 
informal and open structure, and a 
culture that enables all of our team 
members to feel that they can make 
a real difference to the business, 
whatever their role or seniority. 
	 Find out about our culture /
pages 56 and 57
Sustainability
Since we launched Fever-Tree’s Five 
Branches of Sustainability three years 
ago, we’re proud to have driven action 
across the ESG spectrum, both directly 
within our business and through our 
global supply chain. In 2023, we 
made further progress, detailed in 
our Sustainability Report from page 
32, across all five branches – Climate, 
Circular Economy, Conservation, 
Communities and Colleagues.
Increased collaboration across our 
supply chain, focus on innovative 
manufacturing practices, as well as a 
further transition to renewable energy 
sources enabled the Group to deliver 
a 5% reduction in greenhouse gas 
emissions related to our products 
sold in the UK in 2022. As we look 
ahead to 2024 and beyond, we will 
be enhancing our decarbonisation 
strategy to not only drive further 
reductions in our emissions but also 
define a transparent net zero roadmap.
We are also proud to have extended 
our ten-year partnership with Malaria 
No More UK to fight one of the 
world’s oldest and deadliest diseases, 
whilst continuing to work with 
charities closer to home such as Future 
Frontiers, offering mentoring to young 
people in the communities where 
we work. Finally, for our Colleagues, 
Fever-Tree’s Diversity, Equity and 
Inclusion (DE&I) Committee meets 
regularly to discuss how best to foster 
an inclusive environment – to this end 
we have appointed a DE&I Lead this 
year, who you can hear from on pages 
22 and 23.
	 Hear from our DE&I lead /
pages 22 and 23
Tim Warrillow
Chief Executive Officer

25 March 2024
We are confident of 
delivering significant 
margin improvement 
as inflationary 
headwinds soften.”
Tim Warrillow
Chief Executive Officer
Summary & Long-term 
Opportunity
2023 saw the brand deliver market 
share gains across our regions, ending 
the year with our highest ever market 
share by value in the UK, increasing 
our leadership position in the Tonic 
and Ginger Beer categories in the US 
and making a step change in our route 
to market in a number of exciting 
regions. Our innovation continues to 
successfully broaden and deepen our 
addressable market size, introducing 
the brand into more drinking 
occasions for our consumers.
Our strategic blueprint is well aligned 
with the wider category trends most 
notably spirits gaining share from 
beer and wine, spirits growth being 
driven by premiumisation as well as 
consumers’ growing preference for 
quality ingredients and easy-to-make 
cocktails. Fever-Tree’s unrivalled 
position as the largest premium 
mixer brand globally puts us in prime 
position to capitalise on these long 
term trends and is why we also see 
opportunities across many of our 
markets beyond our core carbonated 
mixers and will continue to develop 
products to cater to trending 
categories such as cocktail mixers 
and sophisticated adult soft drinks, 
leveraging the power of the brand.
Along with a focus on top line 
growth, the proactive steps we 
have taken during the course of 
2023, combined with the softening 
inflationary environment, provides 
us with confidence that we have 
turned the corner on the impact of 
the unprecedented challenges in 
operating environment we have faced, 
and we look ahead to a period of 
strong, sustainable, profitable growth 
in 2024 and beyond.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
21

Q. Can you tell us a little about your 
role and how this has developed over 
the past year? 
As Technology Director I oversee 
everything from technology strategy, 
leading our business transformation 
programme, systems development 
and infrastructure, security and 
operations support. While that might 
seem a broad remit, in reality it’s 
about ensuring that our technology is 
working hand in hand with our teams 
across the business, be it demand 
planning, finance, sales or customer 
service, helping to continuously 
improve and optimise ways of 
working for all. 
In 2023, I also became group lead 
for Diversity, Equity and Inclusion, 
a great opportunity to make sure 
that we enable everybody to be their 
authentic selves and meet their 
potential at Fever-Tree. 
OUR TECHNOLOGY DIRECTOR AND 
DE&I LEAD TALKS ABOUT HER ROLE &
HOW TECHNOLOGY IS SUPPORTING 
THE BRAND’S GROWTH
Q&A WITH KATE STABLES
Q. Why is technology important for 
a brand like Fever-Tree? 
It is so exciting to see how we have 
become the largest premium mixer 
brand in the world. But with growth 
comes added complexity – for 
example we are now available in 
over 90 countries around the world 
– as a result we need to ensure our 
technology and systems keep pace 
with the growth we are seeing whilst 
remaining true to our entrepreneurial 
roots. This is where our technology 
team comes in! 
To give you one example, it is about 
ensuring our teams have access to real 
time, quality data and information 
that allows them to make smart 
decisions quickly, so our customers 
across the globe have the service level 
they expect from us. 
Q. How is the business 
transformation programme enabling 
Fever-Tree to become more agile? 
As a growing business, it is 
increasingly important we have 
effective technology in place across all 
departments and markets. We have 
created cross-functional, agile delivery 
teams that have worked together to 
implement the right systems, data, 
processes, and capabilities to support 
end-to-end operations. 
Technology and clear business 
processes allow the business to 
operate and collaborate more 
effectively, enabling improved data 
visibility and agile decision making. 
Additionally, we are now set up to 
deliver continuous improvement 
projects which ensures we can 
support continued growth and 
efficient operations for the long term. 
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
22

It is about ensuring 
our teams have 
access to real 
time, quality data 
and information 
that allows them 
to make smart 
decisions quickly, 
so our customers 
across the globe 
have the service 
level they expect 
from us.”
Kate Stables
Technology Director
Q. AI seems to be the hot topic this 
year across all businesses, what 
role do you see it playing at Fever-
Tree? Will AI be creating Fever-Tree 
drinks in the future? 
I don’t think our mixers will be created 
by AI anytime soon! Our teams will 
still be travelling the globe to find the 
best ingredients for our drinks! 
However, there is no doubt AI will be 
involved in the end-to-end delivery 
of Fever-Tree. From a technology 
standpoint we are already identifying 
and using ‘everyday’ AI during our 
daily routines and where our current 
technology partners are providing 
this capability. We have already 
started to identify where there are 
additional opportunities across the 
business, so watch this space.
Q. Moving onto your role as group 
diversity, equity and inclusion lead, 
what are your reflections since 
taking on the role? 
It is a fascinating role and I have 
learnt so much in a short space of 
time. My main reflection is that it 
is an all-team effort. We have a DEI 
team of four core workstream leads, 
and work closely with our Regional 
Leadership teams, who all have a 
passion and commitment to our 
plans. This means we all work towards 
taking the right strategic actions 
for our business and our colleagues 
but ultimately, it is for everyone in 
the business to listen to each other, 
feedback on what’s important to us as 
individuals, understand and be aware 
of how we can all create an inclusive 
culture that celebrates our differences 
and fosters wellbeing.
Q. What changes have you seen 
at Fever-Tree in this regard?


A large focus has been on building 
awareness and engagement across 
the business, ensuring that we are 
maintaining an inclusive environment 
where everyone feels valued and 
welcome, and we have some fun along 
the way! To that end, over the last 
year we have celebrated an array of 
religious and cultural celebrations 
and festivals, made improvements 
to parental leave policy following 
consultation with working mothers 
and fathers, created our DEI 
reporting and outlined our three-year 
strategy and plan for continued DEI 
efforts at Fever-Tree. 
As a growing business, it is increasingly 
important we have effective technology
in place.”
For more details see our website /
www.fever-tree.com/colleagues
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
23

During 2023, Fever-Tree grew revenues by 22.4% to deliver £117m sales 
(+24% at constant currency). The strong growth we have driven in the US 
has meant that it is now the largest revenue generating region for the Group, 
with a long runway still to go.
The brand continues to grow strongly 
in the On-Trade and is now served 
in over 35,000 accounts following 
significant distribution gains in hotel 
chains such as Marriott and Hilton, 
alongside restaurant groups including 
TGI Fridays. We are focused on 
building long-lasting relationships 
with high quality On-Trade accounts 
and maximising our number of 
SKUs per account, as well as the 
significant number of untapped 
accounts, all of which will ensure 
we continue to drive growth in this 
important channel.
THE BRAND HAS HAD AN 
EXTREMELY POSITIVE YEAR 
IN THE US MARKET
BUSINESS REVIEW – US
Fever-Tree’s sales accelerated in the 
Off-Trade this year. The brand’s sales 
grew by 24%1 with strong growth 
across all categories and especially 
through our can format, which is 
resonating well with the US consumer 
and grew by 100% during 2023, 
with distribution across all major 
national retailers.
Fever-Tree’s unrivalled quality, 
broad portfolio range and superior 
rate-of-sale is enabling us to gain 
share of the total mixer market and 
extend our position as the largest 
premium mixer brand in the US, 
with a greater retail sales value 
than all the other premium brands 
combined1. We continue to increase 
our awareness and popularity through 
new product development specifically 
targeted at the US consumer and 
prioritise our customer relationships 
to ensure we are satisfying the 
ever‑increasing demand for the brand 
to deliver further growth in 2024.
2023 highlights 
Fever-Tree is driving premium mixing 
trends, especially in the Ginger 
Beer and Tonic categories, where we 
now have a notable lead against the 
competition, with 26% and 25% value 
share in these categories respectively1. 
We are also contributing more than 
any other brand to the growth of the 
Grapefruit and Club Soda categories 
across the US, extending our lead as 
the number one premium mixer, with 
a growth rate of three times the wider 
mixer category during 2023. 
1	 Nielsen 52 weeks to 30 December 2023.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
24

Strategic progress
The Group is committed to investing 
behind the brand across marketing, 
new product development and people 
to capture the growth opportunity 
in the substantial US market. Our 
marketing activities include the use 
of pop-up bars across the country as 
well as collaborating with On‑Trade 
accounts to drive presence on cocktail 
menus, while in the Off‑Trade 
interactive displays are focused 
on sampling and co-promotional 
opportunities with spirit partners. 
Innovation is based on our 
understanding of the US consumer 
and our expertise in identifying local 
drinks trends, with a growing number 
of successful launches over the last 
few years, including our range of 
Sparkling mixers, such as Grapefruit 
which was specifically targeted at 
the fast growing interest in a tequila-
based Paloma. 
In addition we continue to broaden 
our existing core flavour range, as 
an example, the introduction of our 
Blood Orange Ginger Beer to sit 
alongside our existing Ginger Beer 
offering, in just the same way as 
we have done with our Tonic range. 
It has proved a highly effective way 
to increase shelf space and with it 
stimulate growth by recruiting new 
consumers and prompting existing 
consumers to try something new. 
Beyond our core carbonated mixers, 
we have extended our range to include 
Margarita and Bloody Mary cocktail 
mixers. The non-carbonated mixer 
category is larger than the Tonic 
and Ginger Beer categories, without 
a dominant national brand, which 
alongside Fever-Tree’s premium 
mixing credentials and proven track 
record, makes us well‑placed to 
succeed in this category. We have 
already seen positive uptake of our 
new products, which now have almost 
10,000 points of distribution at retail, 
with particularly good distribution 
in Publix.
Overall, we have had an extremely 
positive year in the US market. 
The brand has gained further 
distribution whilst retaining its 
strong rate-of-sale, as well as 
introducing new products which are 
quickly becoming a significant part 
of our total sales. This success clearly 
demonstrates our ability to not only 
localise and benefit from US drinks 
trends, but our ability to execute 
innovation at speed. To this end 
we continue to extend our market-
leading position, making us more 
attractive to customers and spirit 
partners, which in turn will help to 
drive further growth for the brand.
Beyond our core carbonated mixers, we have extended our range
to include Margarita and Bloody Mary cocktail mixers.”
US REVENUE
£117.0m
(2022: £95.6m)
One Tree Planted 
We know that forests are essential for a healthy planet. That’s why in 
the USA we’ve been supporting One Tree Planted who are on a mission 
of global reforestation. Since 2014, One Tree Planted has planted over 
92.7 million trees in more than 80 countries. 
In the 2023 holiday season, Fever-Tree and One Tree Planted joined 
forces to mix with purpose, where in select restaurants and bars across 
America, one drink ordered equated to one tree planted. Meanwhile 
across the border, our Canadian colleagues chose to substitute physical 
gifts for the gift of reforestation during this year’s holiday season, 
funding the planting of 1,120 trees across four Canadian provinces.
 
For more details see: / onetreeplanted.smugmug.com/Projects/
Business-Partner-Projects/Best-of-otp-partners/n-c2ppPd
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
25

Fever-Tree delivered £114.8m revenue in the UK. Whilst this was a slight decrease 
of 1% year-on-year, following a summer trading period impacted by adverse weather, 
the brand continues to lead the UK mixer category, with 45% combined value share 
across both channels, more than 50% larger than Schweppes1.
In the Off-Trade, the total value of 
the mixer category declined by 5%, 
driven by the weaker performance of 
mainstream brands, whilst premium 
brands and own label did relatively 
better3. Fever-Tree remains the brand 
of choice for both our customers, 
retailers and consumers. The brand 
not only maintained its number 
one value share position of the total 
category, strengthening our position 
towards the end of the year, but we 
remain by far the largest premium 
brand, with c.90% of total premium 
mixer sales in the Off-Trade.
The G&T remains the most popular 
spirit and mixer serve in the UK, 
despite the recalibration of the 
Gin category in recent years. 
And importantly, the wider spirits 
category continues to grow in 
popularity and diversity, providing 
more opportunities for Fever-Tree to be 
present on menus as part of a greater 
range of serves in the On-Trade, or gain 
more shelf space in the Off‑Trade.
Overall, the UK spirits category 
continues to perform well, with rum 
and vodka the stand-out performers4, 
supporting the growing popularity 
of our Gingers and Flavoured Sodas, 
which grew in sales value by 11% and 
31% respectively during the year.
THIS YEAR HAS BEEN A GOOD 
DEMONSTRATION OF THE 
EVOLUTION OF OUR PORTFOLIO 
BEYOND TONICS
BUSINESS REVIEW – UK
This year has been a good 
demonstration of the evolution of our 
portfolio beyond Tonics. Our non-
Tonic categories grew by 20% year-on-
year and now represent approximately 
25% of our total UK sales value, up 
from around 10% in 2019. Our ability 
to successfully cater to the latest 
consumer trends through our focused 
innovation process, ensures that the 
brand continues to strengthen in our 
home market, giving me confidence 
that the brand will remain as popular 
as ever in the years to come.
Strategic progress
Innovation remains pivotal to the 
strength of the brand. Our ability 
to excite consumers and capture the 
latest trends is central to our ongoing 
leadership of the premium mixer 
category and our ability to extend into 
adjacencies. To this end, 2023 has 
been a strategically important year as 
we have entered two categories beyond 
our core mixers; cocktail mixers and 
adult soft drinks, both of which have 
significant growth potential.
2023 highlights 
Fever-Tree continues to gain value 
share of the mixer category in the 
On-Trade, which remained impacted 
by softening consumer sentiment 
during 2023. We now have our 
highest ever share in this channel at 
51%2 , driven by our strong customer 
relationships and the co-promotional 
programmes we develop with various 
spirit partners to target a number of 
different drinking occasions.
1	 CGA & IRI 13 weeks to 16/06/2022.
2	 CGA.
3	 IRI YTD 10/07.22 (Other premium brands: 
Schweppes 1783; Fentimans; London Essence; 
Merchant’s Heart; Double Dutch).
4	 Nielsen YTD 12/09/2023.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
26

Malaria No More UK and Fever-Tree – 
A decade of working together 
The historic role that quinine has played in combating malaria means 
that the cause is inextricably linked to our brand and is a key reason 
we continue to support the fight to eradicate malaria. 2023 marked a 
decade of partnership between Fever-Tree and Malaria No More UK. 
Malaria is one of humankind’s oldest and deadliest diseases. Fighting 
it has led to some of global health’s greatest and most historic strides. 
And yet, today, a child still dies from malaria every minute and the 
progress is threatened by challenges such as drug and insecticide 
resistance and the impacts of climate change.
 
For more details see our website / www.fever-tree.com/communities
Our range of premium cocktail 
mixers are enabling consumers to 
make great tasting cocktails at home 
just as easily and quickly as making 
a G&T; they are such high quality 
that this also provides the On-
Trade with the ability to easily make 
fantastic tasting cocktails that justify 
premium pricing.
We launched our cocktail mixer range 
during the first half of 2023 and have 
seen extremely positive response from 
consumers and our customers across 
the On- and Off-Trade, winning over 
4,000 points of distribution in the 
UK’s leading retailers, as well as in a 
number of the largest UK On-Trade 
chains, including national brands such 
as Young’s and Fullers. We are very 
encouraged by the initial performance 
of the range and how it is opening the 
Fever-Tree brand to an even greater 
number of drinking occasions and 
tapping into the growing consumer 
interest in cocktails and other long 
mixed drinks. 
The initial response to our adult 
soft drink range has also been very 
positive, reaffirming our belief that 
our products’ natural ingredients, 
adult flavour profiles and the 
sophistication of the brand means 
we are ideally positioned to extend 
into this category. Our products 
have already gained over 9,000 
points of distribution at UK retail 
and are outperforming most of the 
established brands in the category 
and we believe there is a significant 
opportunity to leverage the strength 
of the Fever-Tree brand to gain 
further distribution and market share 
within the adult soft drinks category.
The Group continued to invest in 
marketing through various channels 
and platforms. We extended our 
national radio advertising campaign, 
with a focus on a broad range of serves 
beyond the G&T to highlight more 
of our portfolio, with a focus on our 
cocktail mixers during the festive 
season helping to drive significant 
uplift in sales during that important 
sales period.
As you can see above, the Group 
continues to make significant strategic 
progress in the UK. I am particularly 
pleased with the early success we 
have seen in our new adjacent 
categories whilst maintaining our 
leadership position within our core 
mixer category. And although we are 
not immune to a softer consumer 
environment, our position as a 
premium but affordable product and 
our innovation expertise which allows 
us to capture new consumer trends, 
positions the brand for sustained 
success in our home market. 
UK REVENUE
£114.8m
(2022: £116.2m)
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
27

Fever-Tree brand revenue (excluding the revenue we get from GDP’s distributed 
brands) was £94.6m, an increase of 6% year-on-year. Many of our markets 
were impacted by a tough consumer environment in the second half of the year, 
particularly in Germany. 
These versatile mixers pair well 
with a range of spirits, but principally 
with vodka and tequila with 
Spritz serves and cocktails like the 
Paloma becoming more popular in 
recent years.
Alongside the Sparkling range, our 
Rhubarb & Raspberry Tonic and 
Mediterranean Tonic continue to 
perform well within our core mixers, 
and we have extended our leadership 
of the Ginger Beer category, growing 
to over a third of the value share of 
Ginger Beer across European retail3. 
Our marketing campaigns throughout 
the year have been used to promote 
our broad range mixers, with a 
particular focus on Tonics, Ginger 
Beer and Sparkling Pink Grapefruit, 
which cater to popular drinking 
occasions across the region. For 
Tonics and Ginger Beer, where 
we have dominant market shares 
and good consumer awareness in 
growing categories, we have increased 
our investment in above the line 
campaigns, such as billboards in 
Paris, to drive further awareness and 
remain front of mind. 
THE BRAND HAS EXTENDED 
ITS MARKET-LEADING 
POSITION AND LAUNCHED 
NEW PRODUCTS
BUSINESS REVIEW – EUROPE
In 2023 we maintained our 15% value 
share of branded mixers at retail2 and 
continue to drive premiumisation in 
the Off-Trade, gaining 2ppts of value 
share of premium mixers to remain 
the only premium mixer with strong 
distribution and broad consumer 
appeal across the region. 
The On-Trade channel experienced 
lower consumer spending this 
year, but Fever-Tree performed 
well within the channel, growing 
distribution and setting the brand up 
for accelerated growth for when the 
macro environment becomes more 
positive. We have seen particularly 
encouraging results from diversifying 
our portfolio and making sure that 
accounts carry mixers beyond our 
Tonics, such as Ginger Beer and 
Sparkling Pink Grapefruit.
Strategic progress
As part of Fever-Tree’s portfolio 
expansion, we have launched a new 
range of Sparkling mixers, such as 
Pink Grapefruit and Lime & Yuzu in a 
number of our European markets. 
2023 highlights 
Despite the subdued near-term 
macroenvironment, the long-
term trends remain positive. The 
European spirit category is growing 
and premiumising, with long-mixed 
drinks continuing to gain popularity, 
especially across Italy and France1, 
two significant growth markets for 
the brand in the near term.
1	 IWSR.
2	 Nielsen 2023 (Europe top 15 markets).
3	 Nielsen & IRI.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
28

Münchner Tafel
Across Germany the Tafel Deutschland Network supports more than 960 
locally organised food banks, receiving over two million visitors to their 
facilities annually. Fever-Tree Germany supports the Münchner Tafel 
(their Munich based organisation) with regular volunteer days, collecting 
food donations at supermarkets to be redistributed to people affected by 
poverty. In 2023, 22 fabulous volunteers helped to support through four 
food drive days at local Off-Trade Fever-Tree customer outlets, collecting 
141 crates of food and nearly €1,000 in cash donations.
 
For more details see our website / www.fever-tree.com/sustainability
We have also continued to invest 
in TV advertisements in several 
markets, all of which showcase our 
ingredient quality and versatility 
beyond the G&T. 
We are pleased with our progress 
in Europe this year. The brand has 
extended its market-leading position 
and launched new products aimed 
at the latest consumer trends in each 
market, supported by our investment 
in multi-channel marketing 
campaigns and co-promotions, 
which help to drive incremental 
distribution, visibility and sales. 
There are several markets that are 
showing significant potential over 
the medium- and long-term, which, 
alongside the positive trends towards 
spirit growth and premiumisation, 
gives us further confidence in the 
opportunity across Europe.
EUROPE FT BRAND REVENUE
£94.6m
(2022: £89.2m)
Overview
Governance
Financial Statements
29
Strategic Report

Fever-Tree delivered revenues of £27.2m in our Rest of the World Region, 
a decrease of 14% year-on-year (-10% at constant currency) as revenues were 
temporarily impacted by a one-off inventory buy-back as part of the transition
to our new subsidiary set-up in Australia, where we expect to see ongoing good 
growth from next year onwards.
2023 highlights 
The brand continued to gain in 
strength in Australia, finishing the 
year the largest premium mixer in 
Australia, delivering good unit growth 
ahead of the category and share gains 
across all our core products1. Our 
Sodas and Ginger Ale performed 
particularly well, growing by over 64% 
and 24% year-on-year as we diversify 
outside of Tonics, and we look forward 
to 2024 with optimism having set 
ourselves up to take full advantage of 
this market going forward.
In Canada, we have started to see 
the benefits of moving to a larger 
distributor to support our significant 
growth ambitions for this market. 
Their strong coverage has already 
enabled Fever-Tree to win over 
2,500 new distribution points at 
grocery during 2023, with further 
new listings committed for 2024 at 
Canada’s leading retailers; Loblaws 
and Metro. This is helping to drive 
significant sales growth in the market 
and during 2023 Fever-Tree became 
the largest Ginger Beer brand by value 
in Canada, a significant achievement 
that the brand can build on to 
drive further growth across a range 
of categories.
THE GROUP CONTINUES TO 
MAKE SIGNIFICANT STRATEGIC 
PROGRESS ACROSS OUR REST 
OF THE WORLD REGION
BUSINESS REVIEW – REST OF THE WORLD
Strategic progress
The Group continues to make 
significant strategic progress across 
our Rest of the World region, 
including the major step we took 
in Australia to set-up our own 
subsidiary in this market. This 
exciting step will allow us to take 
greater control of our sales, marketing 
and distribution to accelerate the 
brand’s progress in this attractive 
market. As part of this change, we 
have started to work alongside a new 
distribution partner, have secured 
a local warehouse, and aim to start 
production with a local bottler 
during 2024.
The brand continued to perform well 
in the Australian market, growing 
ahead of the total mixer category in 
the Off-Trade, with particularly strong 
growth in sodas and Ginger Ale as we 
start to diversify our portfolio.
REST OF THE WORLD REVENUE
£27.2m
(2022: £31.5m)
1	 Woolworth & Coles retail scanner data.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
30

In Canada, we are driving awareness 
of the brand through sampling 
at trade and consumer shows 
to improve visibility and teach 
the distributors, customers, and 
consumers about the Fever-Tree 
story. This directly resulted in a 
number of new On-Trade listings, 
as well as extending our visibility 
more broadly across the region. 
The brand also started a new 
partnership with Canada’s flagship 
airline, Air Canada, which included 
a 30 second video shown on back-
of-seat screens to entice consumers 
to purchase Fever-Tree as part of 
their Holiday celebrations.
Last year, we took the decision to 
upgrade our route-to-market in 
Japan and started to work with 
Asahi Breweries as our new 
distribution partner in January. 
This move is reflective of Asahi’s 
belief in the significant future 
opportunity of the premium mixer 
and adult soft drink category. We 
made good progress this year, 
performing ahead of our initial 
expectations, and remain excited 
about the sizeable opportunity ahead.
Across our Rest of the World region 
more broadly, we continue to ensure 
we have first mover advantage ahead 
of the competition. The brand has 
a good presence in high-end bars 
and hotels in cosmopolitan cities 
across Asia, and we are developing 
our relationships with international 
and local spirits companies, as well 
as investing in our own activations 
and marketing campaigns. 
In Australia, we have continued to drive distribution 
growth and optimise our range.”
A good example of this is our Fever-
Tree & Friends ‘bar takeovers’ 
across a number of bars and hotels 
across Asia, including Bangkok and 
Manila to build brand awareness 
and loyalty amongst the top tier bar 
tender community.
Overall, we have made good progress 
across this broad region, with a 
number of markets showing exciting 
potential for future long-term growth.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
31

2019
2020
2021
FEVER-TREE IS COMMITTED TO 
DOING BUSINESS IN A WAY THAT IS 
BENEFICIAL TO ALL STAKEHOLDERS, 
THE NATURAL ENVIRONMENT, AND 
THE WIDER COMMUNITY TO DRIVE 
A POSITIVE LONG-TERM IMPACT
SUSTAINABILITY REVIEW
Our branches prioritise the key areas of Climate, Circular Economy, Conservation, Communities and Colleagues, 
driving us to make a positive contribution across society and the environment. You can read more about our progress 
towards each of the branches in this report. 
We are on a journey to drive sustainability from within, year-on-year. Below are some our highlights from the 
past five years. 
Three years ago, we launched Fever-Tree’s Five Branches of Sustainability – 
the framework that guides our initiatives to care for the world in which 
we live and the people with whom we work. 
Published our first 
carbon footprint & 
product life cycle 
analysis
Planted London’s first Tiny 
Forest in partnership with 
Earthwatch Europe
Launched our 
sustainability framework: 
The five branches
Road to Rwanda 
employee malaria 
fundraising event 
Trialled reusable and 
refillable packaging 
with major UK retailer
First solar panels installed at 
co-packer manufacturing site
Announced first operational 
science-based emissions 
reduction targets
Achieved carbon 
neutrality across all 
mixers sold in the UK
Began student mentoring 
scheme with Future Frontiers
Water recovery & recycling 
system installed at major 
co-packer 
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
32

2022
2023
Fever-Tree’s Five Branches of Sustainability were developed in alignment with the United Nations’ Sustainable 
Development Goals (SDGs). The SDGs, also known as the Global Goals, are the 17 goals set by the UN in 2015 as 
the global blueprint to achieve peace and prosperity for all by 2030. We recognise the role that we play with a highly 
complex interconnected ecosystem of actors, which is why each of our branches is aligned with a SDG, enabling us to 
come together to do our bit to help tackle the challenges facing the globe.
Introducing our key SDGs
Primary can co-packer powered by 
100% renewable electricity
Introduced salary-
sacrifice scheme 
incentivising electric 
vehicles for UK 
employees
Began trials of a dispense serve 
system for our On-Trade customers
Key supplier switched 
from diesel to HVO fuel
Germany office powered 
by renewable energy
DE&I committee 
established
Celebrated the 10th 
anniversary of our 
partnership with Malaria 
No More UK
On-site boreholes 
installed at a number 
of co-packer sites
Procured 100% 
renewable electricity 
across global operations 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
33
33

CLIMATE
CIRCULARITY
CONSERVATION
We have developed a series of Sustainability 
Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) to track our 
ESG progress from 2024 onwards.
These KPIs are a central part of our ESG strategy, structured by Fever-Tree’s 
Five Branches of Sustainability, and are designed to demonstrate our future 
ambition across the ESG spectrum, enabling us to assess and communicate 
our efforts in a tangible, transparent and accountable manner.
SUSTAINABILITY – OVERVIEW
CLIMATE
KPIs
•	 Establish our net zero roadmap 
in 20241
•	 50% reduction in Scope 1 
& Scope 2 GHG emissions 
by 20302 
•	 100% renewable electricity in 
our operations year-on-year 
Supporting UN SDGs
	 Read more / pages 36 to 45
CIRCULARITY
KPIs
•	 Establish a roadmap to increase 
recycled content from 2024
•	 Fully recyclable primary 
packaging 
•	 Zero waste to landfill across 
operations & manufacturing
Supporting UN SDGs
	 Read more / pages 46 and 47
CONSERVATION
KPIs
•	 220 Tiny Forests supported, 
with 1,200 Tree Keepers 
engaged with biodiversity and 
conservation by 2025
•	 Champion water stewardship 
across our supply chain, 
evolving our water management 
strategy by 2025
Supporting UN SDGs
	 Read more / pages 48 to 50
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
34

COMMUNITIES
COMMUNITIES
KPIs
•	 Support projects that increase 
awareness, reach and uptake of 
anti-malarial interventions 
•	 100% of employees engaged 
with community and citizenship 
programmes by 2025
•	 100% of direct ingredient 
suppliers on Sedex by 2025
Supporting UN SDGs
	 Read more / pages 52 to 55
COLLEAGUES
KPIs
•	 100% of management to 
complete DE&I training 
by 20253 
•	 Internal colleague pulse survey 
to be conducted in 2024
Supporting UN SDGs
	 Read more / pages 56 and 57
a)	 The targets are to be launched in 2024 – hence we 
shall begin reporting progress in the next Annual 
Report for FY24.
b)	 Operations refer to the Fever-Tree Group’s directly 
owned/leased buildings.
c)	 These pragmatic targets refer to the performance 
of the Fever-Tree Group as it is structured in 2023. 
Subject to review should there be major structural 
changes with required integration.
d)	 When years are referenced in KPIs, our target is to 
reach the goal by the end of that year (e.g. by 2025 
specifically refers to by 31 December 2025).
1	 Net zero by 2050 is a given. We are working to get 
there sooner.
2	 Versus a 2018 baseline.
3	 Including unconscious bias training offered to all 
managers in 2024.
OUR FIVE BRANCHES GUIDE OUR 
INITIATIVES TO CARE FOR THE 
WORLD WE LIVE IN AND THE 
PEOPLE WE WORK WITH
COLLEAGUES
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
35

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2023
CLIMATE
SUSTAINABILITY – CLIMATE
This was largely driven by our 
ambition to reach 100% renewable 
electricity in operations by 2025. 
Up from 77% globally in 2022, this 
year we’ve transitioned to 100% 
renewable electricity sources across 
all global Fever-Tree offices. This was 
obtained through a sequential shift – 
starting with the UK, rolling out 
to Germany in 2022, and now 
having expanded to Australia & 
the USA in 2023 to complete our 
full global transition. 
We’re also empowering colleagues 
to embed sustainable choices 
throughout their personal lives. 
We offer all UK-based employees the 
opportunity to utilise electric vehicles 
and our cycle-to-work scheme as a 
salary sacrifice benefit. 
This encourages cleaner modes 
of transport – across employee 
commuting and beyond. Meanwhile, 
our US team have a financial 
incentive scheme reimbursing 
employees for planetary positive 
lifestyle changes. The scheme is used 
to fund a host of sustainable swaps 
– from electric vehicles and e-bikes, 
to home solar panel installations 
and renewables, as well as gardening 
kits and home composting systems 
– initiatives big and small are being 
rewarded that have a positive impact 
on our environment.
In 2023 we once again partnered 
with the Carbon Trust to carry out 
a lifecycle assessment analysing 
the cradle-to-grave emissions of 
all products sold in the UK in 
2022 in accordance with the GHG 
Protocol Corporate Standard. Each 
assessment looks at all emissions 
associated with our drinks across 
their lifecycles; from those connected 
to the sourcing of our ingredients and 
the manufacturing of our mixers, to 
the journey they go on to reach our 
customers, how they are consumed, 
and finally their eventual disposal. 
Measuring our footprint enables us 
not only to quantify progress made, 
but also identify hotspots for further 
decarbonisation, aiding greenhouse 
gas reductions year-on-year. Over 
the course of 2022, we reduced the 
absolute greenhouse gas emissions 
of products sold in the UK by 4.6% 
below 2021 levels, largely driven 
by our intensified focus on supply 
chain collaboration, manufacturing 
innovation and renewable energy 
use. This reaffirms our commitment 
to meet the Paris Agreement goals 
– limiting global warming to 1.5°C 
above pre-industrial levels.
In 2021, we set a science-based target, approved by the Science Based Targets initiative 
(SBTi) and aligned to 1.5°C warming scenario, to reduce our Scope 1 and 2 emissions 
by 50% by 2030 from a 2018 base year. 
NET ZERO 
ROADMAP
in 2024
50%
reduction in Scope 1 & Scope 2 
GHG emissions by 2030
100%
renewable electricity in our 
operations year-on-year
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
36

From 2021 to 2023, we invested 
in high-quality carbon offsets from 
where we source key ingredients, 
such as the Isangi REDD+ Project in 
the Democratic Republic of Congo, 
to enable all drinks sold in the UK 
to be carbon neutral – a status that 
is independently verified by the 
Carbon Trust.
Obtaining carbon neutrality for our 
UK products has been a significant 
first step in accelerating our 
understanding of our UK emissions, 
enabling clear reporting across the 
business, and in doing so laid a 
solid foundation for supply chain 
climate engagement. 
Looking to the future, as of 2024 we 
have taken the decision to step back 
from our carbon neutral position 
for UK products, and in turn have 
moved away from carbon offsetting. 
The progress we have made means 
we now in a position to look within 
our supply chains and focus on 
value chain decarbonisation through 
‘insetting’ where we can have the 
most meaningful impact. From 2024, 
our focus is on enhancing the scope, 
scale and speed of decarbonisation 
– broadening our decarbonisation 
strategy to cover Scopes 1–3 with a 
global lens, expediting action across 
all life cycle stages, and defining a 
transparent net zero roadmap. 
Not only are Fever-Tree’s global 
offices powered by 100% renewable 
electricity1; we are also working 
with our manufacturing partners 
to harness the movement towards 
renewables. All UK co-packers now 
utilise renewable energy, with both 
of our largest bottling and canning 
co-packers being powered by 100% 
renewable electricity. Meanwhile, our 
second largest bottling co‑packer has 
installed solar panels on the plant 
roof supplying 20% of their energy 
demands, with plans to increase this 
further in the years ahead.
We’re proud to have 
our global offices 
powered by 100% 
renewable energy. 
1	 100% renewable electricity gained across global 
Fever-Tree operations (situated in UK, USA, 
Germany and Australia) via a combination of 
renewable energy tariffs and the purchase of 
renewable energy credits.
From 2024, 
our focus is on 
enhancing the 
scope, scale 
and speed of 
decarbonisation.”
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
37
37
Strategic Report

Product Carbon Footprint
for 200ml Indian Tonic Water 
sold in UK in 2022
To understand our impact on 
the environment, we conducted 
a comprehensive product carbon 
footprint assessment for all 
drinks sold in the UK in 2022 
with the Carbon Trust. This 
assessment considered emissions 
from the entire value chain of 
our drinks, including liquid 
ingredient sourcing, packaging, 
manufacturing, downstream 
distribution, use, and end-of-life 
disposal. The following graphic 
represents the analysis or Fever-
Tree’s 200ml Indian Tonic Water 
sold in the UK.1
1.	 N.B. For the purpose of comparison, the bottle 
graphic on this page reflects the product carbon 
footprint of Fever-Tree’s 200ml Indian Tonic 
Water sold in the UK. Whereas the remaining 
carbon lifecycle stage analysis in this report 
instead reflects a weighted average across our 
full UK product portfolio, analysing the average 
carbon footprint per litre sold in the UK.
Weighted Average Carbon Footprint Across UK Portfolio
Weighted Average per Litre (kg CO2e/litre) 
Reduction Assessment 
Process 
2021 
2022 
% change YoY
Liquid 
0.111
0.115
+3.24% 
Packaging 
0.271
0.254
-6.32% 
Co-Packers 
0.058
0.036
-37.31% 
Downstream Distribution 
0.063
0.059
-6.13% 
Use Phase 
0.073
0.082
+13.19% 
EOL 
0.020
0.022
+8.91% 
Total 
0.596
0.569
-4.61% 
SUSTAINABILITY – CLIMATE CONTINUED
Co-Packers
0.012kg CO2e/unit
(2021: 0.018kg 
CO2e/unit)
Use phase
0.019kg CO2e/unit
(2021: 0.015kg 
CO2e/unit)

Distribution

0.015kg CO2e/unit

(2021: 0.017kg 

CO2e/unit)

End of life

0.007kg CO2e/unit

(2021: 0.006kg 

CO2e/unit)

Packaging

0.074kg CO2e/unit
(2021: 0.084kg CO2e/unit)
Liquid
0.027kg CO2e/unit
(2021: 0.026kg CO2e/unit)
Year-on-year carbon footprint comparisons are derived from the weighted average of Fever-Trees UK-sold product carbon footprints, comparing 2021 vs 2022 analysis
(verified by the Carbon Trust).
TOTAL CARBON FOOTPRINT
0.153kg CO2e/unit
(2021: 0.166kg CO2e/unit)
Our emissions
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
38

Ingredients 
In 2022 our ingredients accounted 
for 20% of Fever-Tree’s UK product 
emissions, including both the 
embodied emissions of ingredients 
as well as their associated inbound 
transport emissions. 
Comparing 2021 to 2022, this 
lifecycle stage increased marginally 
by 3%. However, looking ahead we 
expect emissions related to our use 
of spring water to reduce significantly 
due to the introduction of on-site 
boreholes at two of our co-packers 
across 2023 and 2024. 
Looking ahead…
We will continue to work closely 
with suppliers to obtain ever 
more granular data across 
priority ingredients enabling us 
not only to develop increasing 
detailed emissions data, but also 
identify opportunities for further 
emissions reduction through our 
ingredient supply chain.
Packaging
Packaging accounted for 46% of 
our UK emissions, having seen 
a 6% year-on-year reduction in 
2022 vs 2021 – largely driven by 
decarbonisation measures across 
packaging production sites and the 
implementation of circular solutions, 
such as utilising recycled content in 
our primary packaging and utilising 
recyclable materials. 
We’re continually working with 
packaging suppliers to explore new 
emission reduction opportunities, 
including electrification of internal 
processes, chemistry innovations, and 
the utilisation of renewable energy 
sources. In addition, together we are 
exploring new ways to adopt principles 
of the circular economy, including 
supporting material recovery in 
production, and incorporating recycled 
content in our packaging. 
Looking ahead…
Our priority will be obtaining a 
more granular view of our global 
packaging related emissions 
to inform opportunities to 
further drive decarbonisation. 
This will be supplemented by a 
programme of work looking to 
further embed sustainability and 
circularity requirements into 
procurement practices. 
	 More detail is outlined in visit our 
Circular Economy summary on /
page 46
Manufacture
The manufacturing footprint from 
activities at our co-packer sites 
accounted for 7% of UK emissions – 
having seen a substantial reduction 
by 37% year-on-year since 2021. 
We’ve been working closely with our 
co-packers to harness a range of more 
sustainable solutions during the 
manufacturing process. 
As well as continuing to encourage 
the transition to renewable electricity 
in production, our co-packers have 
made real progress in implementing 
infrastructure upgrades, improving 
energy efficiency and reducing 
fuel consumption within the 
manufacturing process. This year a 
major bottling co-packer invested in 
two new boilers, driving 20% greater 
efficiency, thus reducing gas usage and 
associated carbon emissions. 
We’ve also been working with our 
manufacturing partners to embrace 
circular technological advancements 
– for example, one of the warehousing 
sites used for our products made a 
series of sustainability-led substitutes 
across their on-site assets, such as 
transitioning to lithium battery 
powered pallet trucks, driving an 
annual saving of 4,056kg CO2e in 
2023. These efforts combined have 
had a significant impact in driving 
down our manufacturing lifecycle 
stage emissions.
Looking ahead…
In late 2023 we began work 
with an external advisor, 
ClimatePartner, to assess our 
entire Group footprint across 
the full value chain, looking at 
what it will take for Fever-Tree 
to reach net zero emissions. 
We expect major global hotspots 
for decarbonisation to come from 
further engaging co-packers on the 
rollout of renewable energy and 
production initiatives that deliver 
sustainability wins alongside 
operational efficiency gains.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
39

Downstream distribution
Distribution represented 11% of UK 
emissions in 2022. 
This year, on a mission to drive fuel 
and water efficiencies, we localised 
spring water access to a borehole 
on-site at a major co-packer. Not 
only has it reduced water wastage 
by tapping close to source, but in 
doing so we’ve saved an estimated 
27 million litres of water being 
transported approximately 250,000 
road miles per year, taking 916 truck 
journeys off the road over the course 
of the year. 
In addition, we’ve been working 
on route and capacity optimisation. 
For example, in Germany we 
maximised the number of cases of 
returnable bottles that we stack in 
pallets. Thanks to this measure, we 
now transport more crates per truck 
than ever before, delivering significant 
freight savings and efficiency gains 
in 2023. 
We’re now able to fit between 264 
and 528 more cases per truckload, 
depending on the bottle format1. 
In the UK, we’ve been assessing the 
necessity of each transportation leg 
and grasping opportunities to deliver 
route-to-market delivery efficiencies. 
Looking ahead…
We will continue working 
with internal and external 
teams to further enhance the 
accuracy of global supply and 
demand planning, delivering 
sustainability gains through 
more efficient inventory and 
logistics management. 
We are assessing the viability of 
investing in trucks powered by 
low carbon fuels, and exploring 
the implementation of electric 
forklifts at our warehousing 
site. We’ll also be investing 
in additional bottling sites 
and localising sourcing where 
possible to further drive down 
distribution emissions.
Use phase & end-of-life
In the UK in 2022, the use phase of 
our products accounted for 13% of 
emissions, whilst end-of-life treatment 
was responsible for 4%. Whilst 
we have limited control over our 
products downstream, we’re working 
to guide consumers on responsible 
consumption and end‑of-life 
treatment by encouraging consumers 
to recycle our packaging though the 
use of on-pack recycling labels. 
Looking ahead…
We’re seeking to capitalise on 
technological developments 
and innovation to drive down 
emissions, including trialling an 
On-Trade dispense solution. In 
addition, our teams will continue 
to seek out projects with positive 
sustainability outcomes, such as 
an ongoing shelf-life extension 
project driving down product and 
packaging waste.
SUSTAINABILITY – CLIMATE CONTINUED
1.	 Our transport optimisation efforts enabled 264 more cases of 200ml bottles per truck, 528 more for 500ml bottles, and 368 more for 750ml bottles.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
40

BOARD
Biannual review & ratification of Risk Register
Biannual review of Risk Register
RISK COMMITTEE
Biannual assessment of Climate Risk
ESG COMMITTEE
Biannual 
reporting
CLIMATE RELATED RISK 
ANALYSIS & OPPORTUNITIES
Whilst it is not mandatory for our business to report in line with the TCFD framework, this year we conducted 
our first climate risk analysis, softly aligned to TCFD. This has allowed us to better understand potential financial 
impacts from climate change on the business, providing us with the opportunity to report progress made 
to mitigate climate‑related risks, and identify opportunities driven by the heightened focus on climate change.
Figure 1.0 Fever-Tree risk review governance structure
A)  Governance 
Describe the Board’s oversight 
of climate-related risks and 
opportunities.
The Board provides overall leadership, 
independent oversight and retains 
control of key Group decisions. It has 
ultimate authority for setting climate-
related goals and targets. 
Climate risk analysis is conducted 
biannually by the Global 
Sustainability team (via an annual 
deep dive, supplemented by a lighter 
touch reflection on any key changes 
after six months) and submitted to 
the Risk Committee upon review 
by the ESG Committee. Within the 
Risk Committee, the Group’s CFO 
and Company Secretary record the 
most material risks in our Group 
Key Risk Register, formed of our 
most significant risks from across 
the business. This register is finally 
reviewed, challenged and ratified 
by the Board on a biannual basis 
including material climate risk, 
following the structure indicated 
in Figure 1.0.
Describe management’s role in 
assessing and managing climate-
related risks and opportunities.
The ESG Committee, established in 
2022, has led in the development of 
the Group’s ESG strategy, policies, 
and programmes – including 
analysis of climate-related risks and 
opportunities. The ESG Committee, 
including senior employees from 
across the business, is responsible 
for overseeing ESG-related matters 
overseen by Fever-Tree’s ESG 
Director. Its purpose is to ensure 
appropriate frameworks are in place 
to establish and maintain good 
governance of ESG matters.
ESG Committee duties are as follows:
•	 managing ESG risks (established 
and emerging), including climate-
related risks and opportunities;
•	 setting the Group ESG strategy 
and monitoring progress towards 
ESG KPIs;
•	 ensuring the Group adheres to 
all ESG related disclosures and 
regulatory reporting requirements; 
and
•	 working with the Group DE&I 
Committee to monitor company 
diversity, and ensure the promotion 
of an equitable and inclusive culture.
B)  Strategy
Describe the climate-related risks 
and opportunities the organisation 
has identified, and the resilience 
of the organisation’s strategy.
Risks
In 2023, Fever-Tree conducted 
a preliminary assessment of 
climate‑related risks to our business. 
The risks have been categorised into 
three main areas – regulation and 
policy related risks; reputational and 
market related risks; and physical 
risks (immediate and long-term). 
No material issues or weaknesses 
in the organisation’s strategy have 
been identified for the short-
term, however a series of resilience 
strategies have been established to 
mitigate specific medium to long-
term climate-related risks. A more 
detailed climate risk scenario analysis 
is in plan for 2024 and beyond to 
build out a more holistic medium to 
long-term view of climate risks and 
associated resilience strategies. 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
41

i.  Regulation and policy risks
•	 	Governments seeking to introduce 
new climate-related regulations 
and laws to accelerate the 
transition to a low carbon economy 
may increase the transition risks 
facing our core markets. Examples 
include carbon pricing, extended 
producer responsibility (EPR) and 
the introduction of deposit return 
schemes (DRS) for packaging, 
which could have financial and/or 
operational impacts. 
•	 	Regulation related to water stress, 
water scarcity or waste outputs 
could impact and potentially 
restrict our production capability.
•	 	Legislation that requires us 
to reformulate or change our 
products, marketing, sourcing, 
packaging formats or operational 
practices might lead to higher input 
costs, taxes/charges, insurance 
premiums, and potentially reduced 
sales/profitability.
Risk remediation 
•	 	Greater share of mind has been 
allocated to preparing for the 
requirements of climate-related 
regulations, with regular updates 
at ESG Committee meetings 
to keep members abreast of 
any developments.
•	 	With regard to incoming climate-
related reporting requirements, 
work is underway to update the 
Group’s global carbon footprint 
(Scopes 1-3). Understanding our 
global baseline will enable the 
identification of carbon hotspots 
and opportunities for significant 
decarbonisation across our 
value chain.
•	 	In relation to packaging-related 
regulations, including the UK 
DRS and EPR, the business has 
established working groups to 
ensure compliance. 
ii.  Reputational and market risks
•	 Public perception of the Fever-
Tree brand could be at risk as 
societal expectations of a company’s 
contribution to, or detraction from, 
the transition to a lower-carbon 
economy change.
•	 As ESG-related matters are 
increasingly considered, we may 
see shifts in supply and demand for 
certain commodities, products and 
services, in response to the rise in 
conscious consumerism. 
•	 We may see increased interest from 
regulators, the media and investors. 
Any negative impact on the brand 
would mainly be in the form of 
reputational damage. 
Risk remediation 
•	 In 2024, we will build the 
Group’s net zero roadmap. This 
will not only drive value chain 
decarbonisation throughout our 
supply chain but also deliver 
potential partnership opportunities 
with our suppliers and customers. 
•	 Regarding our material footprint, 
all primary packaging is infinitely 
recyclable and a significant 
proportion of our glass bottles 
and aluminium cans are made 
from recycled materials. This is 
something we continue to monitor 
and seek opportunities to increase 
without risking structural integrity.
•	 To mitigate potential reputational 
damage, we have integrated 
thorough sustainable claims 
guidance within our marketing 
claims approval process. 
iii.  Physical risks (immediate 
and long-term)
•	 Year-on-year, the world is 
experiencing increased frequency 
and severity of extreme weather 
events such as cyclones, hurricanes, 
fires, and floods. The immediate 
implications of climate-related events 
could include decreased production 
capacity, reduced revenues from 
supply chain interruption and lower 
outputs, higher costs due to worker 
absenteeism or use of alternative 
suppliers, and write-offs or early 
retirement of damaged assets. In the 
medium-long term, this could in 
turn lead to continuous disruptions 
on the supply chain, raw material 
shortages, price increases, inflation 
and/or delays. 
•	 Simultaneously, we see increased 
chronic physical risks as an outcome 
of long-term shifting climate patterns, 
such as changes in precipitation 
patterns and extreme variability in 
weather and temperature. Climate 
change may represent a risk to the 
Group’s ability to source ingredients 
from around the world, as well as 
potentially impacting the Group 
and its partners’ ability to produce, 
distribute and sell our products. There 
is a risk that climate change could 
impact the future availability, quality 
and cost of ingredients required to 
manufacture our products.
Risk remediation 
•	 	We have preliminary SBTi approved 
science-based carbon reduction 
targets, set in line with the latest 
climate science necessary to meet 
the goals of the Paris Agreement 
and limit the temperature increase 
to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels. 
Further decarbonisation plans are 
incoming across Scopes 1, 2 and 3, 
assessing the potential for a future 
Group net zero emissions target.
•	 We have developed a network 
of suppliers who can supply 
ingredients and materials from 
different origins to diversify our 
risk and protect supply. With high 
priority raw materials, we have 
mitigation actions in play such as 
maintaining higher levels of stock.
Opportunities
The changing climate and 
increased attention to corporate 
ESG performance can also present 
business opportunities. Our initial 
assessment has provided three 
main categories of climate-related 
opportunities – regulation related 
opportunities; new growth spaces; 
and operational efficiencies. 
iv.  Regulation related opportunities 
•	 With incoming regulation 
heightening awareness of lower 
carbon and more sustainable 
choices, the Group could see a 
marked improvement to the cost of 
sustainable solutions in the market. 
For example, with the introduction 
of Deposit Return Schemes (DRS), 
we could benefit from increasing 
availability of recycled glass and 
aluminium, driving supply and 
potential market pricing benefits. 
SUSTAINABILITY – CLIMATE CONTINUED
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
42

Action taken
•	 We are working with supply chain 
partners to develop circularity 
initiatives, including a roadmap 
to increase the use of recycled 
content and reduce our packaging 
production footprint through 
transformational production 
methods that are estimated to 
potentially reduce emissions related 
to our can production by 41% from 
2022 to 2030.
v.  New growth spaces
•	 Customers, consumers, investors, 
and governments are increasingly 
demanding products with greater 
longevity and reusability. There 
could be an opportunity to 
appeal to the rise in conscious 
consumerism and explore new 
revenue streams by developing 
lower emission products with clearly 
referenced sustainability benefits.
Action taken
•	 The Group is increasing 
consideration of circular solutions 
that could simultaneously reduce 
waste, enable carbon reductions, 
and engage new demographics.
•	 We are working to increase direct 
communication with consumers 
on sustainability plans, through 
both traditional and social media 
channels. For example, voluntarily 
reporting on our sustainability 
progress to ensure transparency 
with external stakeholders.
vi.  Operational efficiencies 
•	 There could be an opportunity 
to harness technology innovations 
that assist the transition to lower 
carbon solutions throughout our 
supply chain. For example, using 
renewable energy sources, LED 
lighting, circular economy solutions, 
industrial motor technology, water 
usage and treatment solutions, 
retrofitting buildings, efficient 
heating measures and electric 
vehicles could not only improve 
our energy, water and waste 
footprint, but simultaneously drive 
cost efficiencies. 
•	 By encouraging supply chain 
partners to harness low-carbon and 
renewably powered processes, we 
would make progress towards our 
carbon reduction targets, as well 
as benefitting from a reduction in 
associated carbon taxes/expenses, 
long-term energy cost savings, and 
reputational gains.
Action taken
•	 We are working closer than 
ever with supply chain partners 
to collaborate on climate-
related initiatives. This includes 
exploring innovative technologies, 
available now and in the future, 
to minimise the environmental 
impact of packaging production. 
For aluminium, an example 
is the installation of a carbon 
dioxide vaporisation tank which 
is warmed using end-of-life 
effluent. For glass, our partners 
are exploring decarbonisation 
through hydrogen and biomethane 
powered production.
•	 Our offices, production sites and 
packaging manufacturing plants 
are increasingly powered by 
renewable electricity – something 
we will continue to advocate for 
across our supply chain.
•	 We are exploring logistics and 
fuel efficiencies, including 
maximising utilisation of container 
loads, decreasing wasted miles 
and bolstering transportation 
efficiencies. Most notably, we’ve 
worked with key co-packers to 
develop on-site boreholes to source 
spring water close to source, 
significantly reducing the need to 
transport water to their sites.
C)  Risk management
Describe the organisation’s processes 
for identifying and assessing 
climate-related risks.
We conduct an annual climate risk 
deep dive, with a biannual reflection 
on any key changes, considering the 
effects that climate risks could have 
on our business model and long-term 
strategic objectives. Within our Climate 
Risk Register, each risk is quantified 
against a set of criteria, considering 
both the likelihood of occurrence and 
the potential impact on the Group, 
both before and after the application 
of mitigation measures. 
Describe the organisation’s processes 
for managing climate-related risks.
We use the Climate Risk Register 
to identify mitigating actions for 
each risk. Each action’s effectiveness 
is reviewed and evaluated by the 
ESG Committee on a biannual basis. 
New actions are executed to further 
reduce the net score of each risk, 
especially for those that sit outside 
of the Group’s risk appetite. 
D)  Metrics and targets
Disclose the metrics used by the 
organisation to assess climate-related 
risks and opportunities in line with 
its strategy and risk management 
process.
In 2018, we undertook an initial 
assessment of our Scope 1, 2 and 3 
greenhouse gas emissions for the 
purposes of establishing a baseline 
from which to set science-based 
climate targets. 
We have established key performance 
indicators to measure our progress 
in addressing climate risks and 
opportunities. These include:
•	 Reducing our Scope 1 and 2 
emissions by 50% by 2030 from 
a 2018 base year (Science Based 
Target, aligned to 1.5-degree 
warming scenario).
•	 Reducing per litre product 
emissions on an annual basis.
We have worked to develop further 
Key Performance Indicators 
supporting our sustainability 
ambitions, launched in this Annual 
Report. In 2024, we will undertake 
another global group carbon footprint 
analysis that will enable us to form a 
robust emissions reduction approach, 
including a Net Zero roadmap and 
cradle-to-grave decarbonisation 
strategy across the full value chain. 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
43

SUSTAINABILITY – CLIMATE CONTINUED
Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, 
if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse 
gas (GHG) emissions, and the 
related risks.
Methodology 
ClimatePartner UK Ltd has assisted 
in the methodology, collection and 
calculation of Fever-Tree’s Scope 1, 
2 and 3 emissions – reported here 
for Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting (SECR) for the fiscal 
reporting period starting 1 January 
2023 and ending 31 December 2023. 
ClimatePartner can confirm this 
has been conducted in accordance 
with the GHG Protocol Corporate 
Accounting and Reporting 
Standard and the UK Government’s 
Environmental Reporting Guidelines1.
The following energy and greenhouse 
gas sources were included in the 
calculations: 
•	 Scope 1 (direct) includes heating of 
buildings, company cars and vans, 
and site vehicles including those 
operated by subcontractors. 
•	 Scope 2 (indirect) includes 
purchased electricity based on 
meter readings from bills received.
•	 Scope 3 (indirect) includes fuel 
used for business travel.
Where sufficient real-world data 
(subcontractor fuel usage, and 
water usage at building sites) was 
unavailable a reasonable estimate has 
been used with the aim of improving 
data collection and quality in future 
reporting periods. 
The following method was used to 
calculate the information disclosed: 
activity data x emission factor = 
greenhouse gas emissions. The figures 
were calculated using Ecoinvent 
database conversion factors, 
expressed as tonnes of carbon dioxide 
equivalent (tCO2e). All seven Kyoto 
protocol GHGs were included: CO2, 
N2O, CH4, HFCs, PFCs, SF6 and NF3.
The calculations were made using 
the operational control approach 
which was selected to fully capture 
the greenhouse gas emissions that 
sit within the scope of Fever-Tree’s 
commercial activity. 
This approach fulfils the mandatory 
requirement of SECR reporting to 
capture ‘emissions from activities for 
which the company owns or controls 
including combustion of fuel & 
operation of facilities’2.
There have been some minor changes 
in the FY23 calculations versus the 
FY22 analysis: 
Due to a new carbon accounting 
partnership this year with 
ClimatePartner, we are using a new 
database and have gained access 
to a wealth of different emissions 
factors. This has led to variances in 
conversions between kWh to CO2e 
versus previous years. 
For simplicity, we’ve streamlined the 
scope 3 categories included. Where 
categories have been removed, we’ve 
used totals comparing like-for-like 
emissions categories year-on-year. 
For the first year, we’ve included 
Australia emissions, reflecting the 
establishment of our own operations 
in the region in 2023. 
Analysis
In 2021, we set a science-based target, 
approved by the Science Based Targets 
initiative (SBTi) and aligned to 1.5°C 
warming scenario, to reduce our Scope 
1 and 2 emissions by 50% by 2030 
from a 2018 base year – which we 
remain committed to. Yet, as would be 
expected given our mainly outsourced 
business model, the majority of our 
emissions will sit within Scope 3. To 
give an indication, based on our global 
carbon footprint analysis conducted 
2018/19, 99.98% of emissions were 
from scope 3 sources. 
Whilst we recognise that we have 
a responsibility to report on direct 
emissions in line with SECR, and 
drive greenhouse gas reductions 
where we have direct control, the 
main focus for Group decarbonisation 
will be collaborating to reduce Scope 
3 emissions in line with our net zero 
roadmap which will be developed 
during 2024.
SECR:
Scope 1: The increase in our scope 
1 footprint this year was driven by a 
change in vehicle ownership by the 
Germany team, shifting from rentals 
to leases in 2023. 
By transitioning emissions accounting 
from scope 3 to scope 1, this has 
increased Germany’s scope 1 footprint 
by 78%. This change has now led 
the German footprint to account 
for 91% of global scope 1 emissions, 
skewing results due to a shift in 
scope categorisation. And, whilst in 
the UK we use a hybrid vehicle fleet, 
electric or hybrid vehicles are partially 
used by our Germany colleagues 
– highlighting an opportunity for 
future improvement.
Scope 2 market-based: Action to 
reduce our scope 2 footprint this 
year was guided by our ambition to 
reach 100% renewable electricity in 
operations by 2025, driving market-
based scope 2 emissions to zero. 
Up from 77% globally in 2022, in 
2023 we transitioned to renewable 
electricity sources across all global 
Fever-Tree offices. This was obtained 
through a sequential shift – starting 
with renewable energy tariffs in 
the UK, rolling out to Germany in 
2022, and now having expanded 
to Australia and the USA through 
renewable energy certificates in 2023 
to complete our full global transition. 
Going forward, the main focus for 
driving absolute reductions will be 
by transitioning our global fleet to 
hybrid or electric vehicles.
Scope 2 location-based: Whilst 
location-based emissions look to 
have increased, this is not reflective 
of the decrease seen in absolute 
KwH energy consumption (due to a 
change in conversion factors used by 
ClimatePartner), and not reflective of 
the real changes made in renewable 
electricity sources – hence why we 
prefer to focus our attention on 
market-based reporting. 
Scope 3: The main driver behind 
the increase in scope 3 emissions is 
improved US datapoint accuracy. 
Whilst the reporting looks to reveal 
a 79% increase in US business travel 
emissions, in reality we have improved 
travel and fuel data reporting 
processes and have been able to better 
reflect the travel emissions for our 
colleagues based in America. 
1	 UK Government Environmental Reporting 
Guidelines: assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/
government/uploads/system/uploads/
attachment_data/file/850130/Env-reporting-
guidance_inc_SECR_31March.pdf.
2	 UK Government Environmental Reporting 
Guidelines, page 51.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
44

Closer look at our emissions
STREAMLINED ENERGY AND CARBON REPORTING STATEMENT 
Reporting Year
Site
2022
UK
2022
USA
2022
Germany
2022
TOTAL
2023
UK
2023
USA
2023
Germany
2023
Australia
2023
TOTAL
ENERGY CONSUMPTION (kWh)
Gas
459.00
 –  
 176.00 
 829.00  27,774.14 
 –  
 –  
Electricity
 131,431.00  21,132.00  16,491.00 
 104,299.90  10,895.00  15,312.00 
 5,730.50 
Total energy consumption 
(kWh)
 131,890.00  21,132.00  16,667.00  169,689.00 105,128.90  38,669.14  15,312.00 
 5,730.50  164,840.54 
EMISSIONS (tCO2e)
Scope 1
Emissions from combustion of 
fuel for company owned 
or leased vehicles
 10.20 
 –  
 103.82 
 10.08 
 0.28 
 184.63 
 –  
Total Scope 1
 10.20 
 –  
 103.82 
 114.02 
 10.08 
 0.28 
 184.63 
 –  
 194.99 
Scope 2
Gas
 0.08 
 –  
 0.03 
 0.17 
 7.58 
 –  
 –  
Electricity (location-based)
 25.42 
 5.32 
 3.96 
 24.99 
 1.67 
 6.23 
 4.64 
Electricity (market-based)
 8.09 
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
Total Scope 2 (location-based*)
 25.42 
5.32
3.96
34.70
 25.16 
 9.25 
 6.23 
 4.64 
 45.28 
Total Scope 2 (market-based)
 8.09 
 –  
 –  
8.09
 0.17 
 7.58 
 –  
 –  
 7.75 
Scope 1 & 2
Total Scope 1+2 
(location-based*)
 35.61 
5.32
107.78
148.72
 35.24 
9.53
190.86
4.64
 240.27 
Total Scope 1+2 (market-based)
 18.28 
0.00
103.82
122.10
 10.25 
7.86
184.63
0.00
 202.74 
Scope 3
Emissions from business travel in 
rental cars or employee vehicles 
where company is responsible for 
purchasing the fuel
 29.02 
 70.14 
 93.99 
 23.56 
 125.89 
 –  
 1.92 
Total Scope 3
 29.02 
 70.14 
 93.99 
193.15
 23.56 
 125.89 
 –  
 1.92 
 151.38 
Scopes 1–3
Total Scopes 1–3 
(location-based*)
 64.64 
 75.46 
 201.77 
341.86
 58.80 
135.42
190.86
6.57
391.65
Total Scopes 1–3 
(market-based)
 47.31 
 70.14 
 197.81 
315.25
 33.81 
133.75
184.63
1.92
354.12
INTENSITY (TCO2E / UNIT PRODUCED)
Revenue £m
 116.19 
 95.60 
 26.60 
 238.39 
 114.78 
 117.00
 24.96 
 11.90 
 268.64 
Intensity ratio 
(Scopes 1 + 2, location-based): 
tCO2e / £m revenue 
 0.31 
 0.06 
 4.05 
 0.62 
 0.31 
 0.08 
 7.65 
 0.39 
 0.89 
Intensity ratio 
(Scopes 1 + 2, market-based): 
tCO2e / £m revenue 
 0.16 
 –  
 3.90 
 0.51 
 0.09 
 0.07 
 7.40 
 –  
 0.75 
Intensity ratio 
(Scopes 1–3, location-based): 
tCO2e / £m revenue 
 0.56 
 0.79 
 7.59 
 1.43 
 0.51 
 1.16 
 7.65 
 0.55 
 1.46 
Intensity ratio 
(Scopes 1–3, market-based): 
tCO2e / £m revenue 
 0.41 
 0.73 
 7.44 
 1.32 
 0.29 
 1.14 
 7.40 
 0.16 
 1.32 
*	 Location-based electricity reporting uses the average grid fuel mix in the country of purchase to calculate GHG emissions. This is mandatory for SECR. Whereas market-
based electricity reporting is more accurate, using the supplier-specific fuel mix of the reporting company’s tariff.
As we continue annual reporting 
with ClimatePartner, we hope 
to continue to improve the data 
quality and inputs year-on-year. 
Overall: Looking at the intensity 
ratio to assess the overall emissions 
proportional to growth, we’ve 
remained consistent at 1.33 
tonnes CO2e (Scopes 1-3, market-
based)/£million revenue. 
Given that more data was entered 
this year and more stringent 
conversion factors were used, 
this ratio under-represents the 
progress made. 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
45

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2023
CIRCULAR ECONOMY
SUSTAINABILITY – CIRCULAR ECONOMY
We recognise the importance of using packaging that minimises our impact on the 
wider environment. That’s why we continually seek new ways to enhance the life cycle 
of our packaging and manufacturing procedures.
Packaging
Our glass bottles and aluminium 
cans are non-toxic and infinitely 
recyclable. Upstream, we are engaging 
with our packaging partners to 
identify opportunities to minimise 
the environmental impact of the 
materials that we use – from redesign 
and light-weighting, to supporting 
material recovery in production and 
incorporating recycled content in our 
bottles and cans. 
2023 has seen our primary 
aluminium can provider increase the 
recycled content in their cans to 62%, 
with a roadmap in place targeting 
85% recycled content by 2030. 
Meanwhile, we’ve increased supply 
from a major glass provider 
at the forefront of the decarbonisation 
movement – including significant 
investment in new melting 
technologies, lower carbon fuel 
sources, automation and closed 
loop manufacturing. 
Our approach to sustainable 
packaging extends to our secondary 
and tertiary packaging efficiencies. 
One example from this year is our 
analysis of necessary packaging 
elements, leading to the removal 
of cardboard can pads from 8-pack 
cases. We’ve also lightweighted 
cardboard sleeves on bottles, reducing 
the weight of 4-pack sleeves by 30g. 
Meanwhile, we’re also engaging 
downstream partners, exploring 
new ways to adopt principles of the 
circular economy – including trialling 
an On-Trade dispense system to 
minimise packaging. Alongside our 
utilisation of reusable glass bottles in 
Germany, we are additionally engaged 
with the potential implementation of 
a Deposit Return Scheme in the UK.
Waste
We are committed to zero waste 
to landfill, both within our 
own operations and across our 
manufacturing partners – meaning 
that any waste produced is either 
reused, recycled, composted, or sent 
to energy recovery. Once produced, 
we try our best to ensure that 
shorter dated product also does not 
go to waste – often through stock 
donations to charitable partners, 
such as St John’s Ambulance. 
Establish a roadmap to increase 
recycled content from 2024
Fully 
recyclable
primary packaging
Zero waste
to landfill annually
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
46

Our glass bottles and 
aluminium cans are 
non-toxic and infinitely 
recyclable.
Looking ahead…
We will continue to develop 
circularity initiatives with 
partners in 2024, including 
developing a roadmap to 
further reduce the footprint of 
packaging production. This could 
translate to increased recycled 
content in our packaging, 
further lightweighting our 
can portfolio, increasing the 
proportion of renewable energy 
used in packaging production, 
and collaborating on circularity 
and recycling initiatives with 
our partners. We will continue 
to highlight the recyclability of 
our packaging and encourage 
responsible end-of-life disposal 
to customers and consumers 
alike, ensuring market specific 
recycling messaging on our 
product packaging.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
4747

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2023
CONSERVATION
SUSTAINABILITY – CONSERVATION
High quality ingredients rely on a well-managed environment. Therefore, we know 
that conserving the earth plays a big role in sourcing the highest quality ingredients 
for our drinks.
Our commitment to sustainability 
includes ensuring that we play our 
part in the protection of the habitats 
and landscapes where we source 
our ingredients, manufacture our 
products, as well as where we live and 
work. We recognise the importance of 
collaborating with external partners 
to drive change – both inside and 
outside of our value chain. 
Over the year, we’ve developed our 
partnerships with conservation 
focused organisations. In the UK, 
alongside Mitchells & Butlers, one 
of our largest On-Trade customers, 
we have extended our partnership 
with Earthwatch Europe to promote 
greater community understanding 
of biodiversity, and support 
their portfolio of Tiny Forests 
planted across the UK. Whilst in 
North America, we’ve been using 
conservation to engage customers and 
consumers through One Tree Planted.
220
Tiny Forests supported with 
1,200 tree keepers engaged with 
biodiversity and conservation 
by 2025
Champion 
water 
stewardship 
across our supply chain, evolving 
our water management strategy 
by 2025 
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
48

Tiny forests are small, dense, fast-growing woodlands planted in 
urban areas which positively enrich biodiversity, absorb carbon and 
pollutants, and enable people to reconnect with nature. Fever-Tree’s 
support funds Tree Keepers who engage the local community with 
forest planting, maintenance and analysis.
For the second year running, we’ve been collaborating with 
Mitchells & Butlers (M&B) to expand the impact of the Tiny Forest 
movement, driving consumer awareness through menu placement, 
planting and monitoring days, and developing sustainable spritzes 
for their guests to enjoy. 
Working with M&B has given access to an extensive audience of 
consumers and colleagues alike to help educate on the importance 
of conservation and biodiversity, and supports their broader 
sustainability objectives, in line with our own.
During 2023, at the Fever-Tree Tiny Forest in Hammersmith in 
West London, we engaged local volunteers through the rollout of 
six Science Days, allowing colleagues and members of the local 
community to step into the shoes of scientists, monitoring carbon 
capture, biodiversity and urban wildlife surveying. This year we 
were excited to see a step change from a disused urban area to a 
thriving biodiverse forest – recording five new species of butterflies 
and storing 54kg carbon above the ground – a 500% increase since 
sapling planting in 2021.
We’re proud to have 
supported Earthwatch 
since 2020, working in 
partnership to develop 
Tiny Forests up and 
down the UK.
We are delighted to 
have Fever-Tree as 
our longest standing 
Tiny Forest partner. 
Through Fever-Tree’s 
support we have been able 
to plant London’s first 
Tiny Forest in 2021 with 
Hammersmith and Fulham 
Council and since grow the 
movement to over 200 Tiny 
Forests to date, supporting 
over 120,000 trees. 
Fever-Tree’s support has 
been crucial in enabling 
Earthwatch to grow and 
nurture our volunteer 
Tree Keepers who care for 
and maintain their local 
Tiny Forests, growing 
this network to over 
720 individuals.” 
Louise Hartley
Head of Nature in Cities at 
Earthwatch Europe
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
4949

One Tree Planted 
We know that forests are essential 
for a healthy planet. That’s why in 
North America we have a long-term 
partnership with One Tree Planted 
to drive multi-year awareness and 
action towards global reforestation. 
In the US, our 2023 On-Trade 
donation mechanism supported the 
planting of 12,761 long leaf pine trees, 
contributing to the restoration of 
5,500 acres of existing longleaf forest 
across the South and Central United 
States. Meanwhile across the border, 
our Canadian colleagues chose to 
substitute physical gifts for the gift of 
reforestation during this year’s holiday 
season, funding the planting of 1,120 
trees across four Canadian provinces.
Farming techniques
Building and maintaining long-term 
supplier relationships is crucial to our 
sourcing of high quality, sustainable 
ingredients. This extends to sourcing 
ingredients from across the globe, 
often using intergenerational 
traditional farming techniques. 
SUSTAINABILITY – CONSERVATION CONTINUED
Water stewardship
Whilst the impact of water use from 
our direct operations is minimal due 
to our outsourced business model, we 
continue to look for ways to improve 
water management across our supply 
chain. Although the manufacturing 
sites of our co-packer partners are not 
currently situated in regions of high 
water stress, we remain committed 
to only using the necessary amount 
of water, collaborating to drive water 
recovery and reduce usage. Whether 
this is through developing new on-
site boreholes, or partnering on water 
circularity measures, we continue 
to work with our global partners to 
support initiatives to improve water 
efficiency and reduce wastage.
Recent initiatives include the 
introduction of recovery and recycling 
of rinse water at a major co-packer, 
driving an estimated annual water 
saving of circa 12,500m3; as well as the 
introduction of double reverse osmosis 
technology at another key bottling co-
packer that collects, filters and reuses 
water from the bottle rinsing line 
twice over to be fed into cleaning of 
the pasteuriser, driving over 17,000m3 
in water savings over 2023. 
Conservation: 
Looking ahead…
Whether through continued 
external partnerships protecting 
ecosystems, enhancing our 
support for responsible 
sourcing techniques, or further 
championing water stewardship 
– supporting conservation efforts 
and preserving natural resources 
will continue to be a pivotal 
component of our sustainability 
approach in the coming years. 
We are looking forward to a 
fourth year of partnership with 
Earthwatch next year and have 
exciting plans in the pipeline 
to build on our campaign 
with M&B.
Also in 2024, we will look to 
develop a water management 
strategy and formalise our 
approach to water given our 
outsourced supply chain. And 
by 2025, we aim to have 
supported 220 Tiny Forests, 
engaging 1,200 Tree Keepers 
with biodiversity and 
conservation with Earthwatch.
	 Find more on / pages 106 and 107
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
50

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
5151

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2023
Continue 
our support
of projects that increase 
awareness, reach and uptake of 
anti-malarial interventions
 
100%
of employees engaged in 
community & citizenship 
programmes by 2025
100%
tier 1 direct suppliers on
Sedex by 2025
COMMUNITIES
SUSTAINABILITY – COMMUNITIES
We are focused on trying to make a difference across all our communities, be it where 
we source from, to where we live and work, supporting projects and initiatives that can 
have a meaningful impact.
We have a variety of initiatives supporting charitable organisations dedicated to 
creating a positive impact and giving back to communities across our markets. 
We enthusiastically promote employee community engagement, providing 
colleagues the opportunity to take pride in the positive influence that we 
can collectively have, supporting social causes championed through our 
partnerships with Malaria No More UK, Future Frontiers, FareShare, 
Münchner Tafel and more. Plus, we’ve been working to advance our strategy for 
responsible sourcing; fostering collaboration towards rigorous human rights 
due diligence to ensure ethical practices throughout our global supply chain.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
52

2023 marked a decade 
of partnership between 
Fever-Tree and Malaria 
No More UK. 
The historic role that quinine has played in combating malaria means that 
the cause is inextricably linked to our brand and 2023 marked a decade of 
partnership between Fever-Tree and Malaria No More UK. 
Over ten years Fever-Tree has contributed over £1.7 million to the 
eradication of a preventable and treatable disease. Malaria is one of 
humankind’s oldest and deadliest diseases. Fighting it has led to some of 
global health’s greatest and most historic strides. And yet, today, a child still 
dies from malaria every minute and progress is threatened by challenges 
such as drug and insecticide resistance and the impacts of climate change. 
In 2023 Fever-Tree’s funding helped Malaria No More UK and partners 
to initiate a project providing support to critical communities in three 
malaria-endemic counties in Kenya; building powerful campaigns 
specially designed to amplify and accelerate social behaviour change. 
By strengthening awareness and knowledge and shifting attitudes and 
behaviours, our aim is that communities believe in the importance of 
malaria prevention and control measures; are motivated to seek them out 
and are inspired and equipped to use them in ways that keep them and 
their family safe.
Thanks to Fever-Tree’s support, during 2023 a series of insight gathering 
workshops have been held in the three counties, building an understanding 
of the barriers that community members experience in accessing malaria 
prevention and treatment and exploring the opportunity to harness the 
power of creative campaigns to help tackle and overcome these barriers. 
By working closely with a partnership of creative experts, government, 
health workers and malaria programme specialists, Malaria No More UK 
and its partners in the Zero Malaria Campaign Coalition, have been able 
to develop an insight-led campaign, that has been taken back to focus 
groups in the three counties to ensure its resonance with the key audiences.
The campaign – ‘the Power of EveryONE’ – will be adapted for each 
county to ensure maximum impact and will be rolled out to support social 
behaviour change activities from early 2024 onwards whilst running 
concurrently as a national campaign.
This new campaign 
will make sure that 
the community 
understands the 
importance of the 
insecticide treated 
mosquito nets, 
the importance 
of clearing the 
environment 
and making sure 
that it’s clean so 
no mosquitoes 
will breed.
It will also complement 
what is being done by 
the community health 
promoters. This campaign 
is important to make sure 
that we get people talking 
about malaria, we mobilise 
the community. So we 
have everyone on board to 
make sure malaria is on top 
of the agenda.” 
John Mwangi
Kakamega Malaria Youth 
Corps Coordinator
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
53
53

Future Frontiers
Future Frontiers is a charity working 
to provide disadvantaged young 
people in the UK with the guidance, 
networks and opportunities they need 
to realise their potential at school and 
achieve post-16 qualifications that 
build towards achieving secure and 
fulfilling employment. 
In 2023, following the success of two 
previous years, Fever-Tree colleagues 
have been volunteering their time 
to mentor 12 pupils, offering career 
guidance though 42 hours of careers 
coaching to help them achieve their 
goals at school and make informed 
choices about their options for their 
future. We were thrilled to see that 
following their coaching, 93% of the 
young people supported agreed that 
they are clearer on what they need to 
do to achieve their ambitions.
FareShare
FareShare is an organisation built on 
the ethos that no good food should 
go to waste. They work tirelessly 
to redistribute surplus food to a 
network of charities across the UK, 
supporting people and strengthening 
local communities. This year, ten 
incredible Fever-Tree colleagues took 
on the London Royal Parks Half 
Marathon, running 21km in support 
of FareShare. Our amazing runners 
raised £5,187.95 to help tackle hunger 
and food waste, enabling FareShare 
to redistribute the equivalent of 
20,752 meals to those in need.
SUSTAINABILITY – COMMUNITIES CONTINUED
Münchner Tafel 
Across Germany the Tafel Deutschland 
Network supports more than 960 locally 
organised food banks, receiving over 
two million visitors to their facilities 
annually. Fever-Tree Germany supports 
the Münchner Tafel (their Munich based 
organisation) with regular volunteer 
days, collecting food donations at 
supermarkets to be redistributed to 
people affected by poverty. In 2023, 22 
fabulous volunteers helped to support 
through four food drive days at local 
Off-Trade Fever-Tree customer outlets, 
collecting 141 crates of food and nearly 
€1,000 in cash donations.
Community initiatives and charity partners
Other charities
In the USA, we have a charitable 
match policy and day-of-service 
volunteering initiatives for employees 
to utilise. This has rallied support 
for a host of charities during 2023, 
totalling in $4,045 in donations this 
year for organisations including Test 
Strips Saves Lives, Hear Your Song, 
American Foundation for Suicide 
Prevention, Gay Men’s Health Crisis 
Inc, Planned Parenthood, and more. 
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
54

Finally, as a responsible business, 
we recognise our role in advocating 
for responsible drinking. In line 
with our legal and regulatory 
obligations, we pay consideration 
to ensure that we’re targeting the 
right audience and promoting 
responsible drinking, for example 
setting age limits on Instagram, and 
targeting adult programmes for our 
television advertising. We ensure 
that drink responsibly messaging 
is presented every time we promote 
an alcoholic serve. And we’re 
increasingly partnering with non-
alcoholic spirit brands – including 
sampling and supporting events to 
drive trialling and penetration of 
non‑alcoholic alternatives. 
Healthier choices
We believe in giving consumers the 
option to make healthier choices – 
whether through our wide-ranging 
portfolio, our role in sharing relevant 
messaging on healthier and moderated 
choices, or via our varied brand 
partnerships and collaborations.
At Fever-Tree, we take pride in 
pioneering the premium mixer 
industry – including our Refreshingly 
Light range, introduced in 2018 
for those aiming to reduce their sugar 
intake followed by the introduction of 
our Premium Soda range, expanding 
our offering to include a selection 
of lower-calorie mixers for our 
customers. We continue to offer lower 
sugar options to consumers across 
our portfolio.
Fever-Tree is a brand centred on 
quality, not quantity. Drinking less 
but better with our premium mixer 
drinks. And in 2023, we elevated 
the soft drink category by launching 
sophisticated soft alternatives 
for adults. Offering choice is 
fundamental for all product ranging 
decisions, including ensuring there 
is sufficient focus on non-alcoholic 
alternatives and offering soft drink 
or non-alcoholic options within 
all event menus.
Responsible sourcing 
This year, we have continued to 
review and enhance our approach 
to responsible sourcing, fostering a 
collaborative effort to improve ethical 
and sustainable practices across our 
global supply chain.
This has included evolving our 
supplier risk analysis framework 
and human rights due diligence 
strategy, enabling us to pinpoint 
crucial suppliers and prioritise 
management of potential risks linked 
to the production of key ingredients, 
whilst facilitating the cultivation of 
stronger connections with suppliers 
and growers. 
As a minimum, we expect suppliers 
to link with us on Sedex and sign our 
Social, Ethical and Environmental 
Business Policy which outlines the 
employment standards we expect 
from our partners and their business 
practices. These standards adhere 
to the United Nations International 
Labour Organisation (ILO) 
conventions, the United Nations 
Business Council’s Guiding Principles 
(UNGP), and are aligned with 
the Ethical Trade Initiative (ETI)’s 
Base Code.
Looking ahead…
Our support of the fight against malaria will increase in the coming years, 
harnessing this incredible cause which has been intrinsically linked to our 
brand and origin story for twenty years, to drive further progress towards the 
elimination of the world’s most deadly disease. We shall work to strengthen 
malaria awareness campaigns in partnership with Malaria No More UK and 
others, closely monitoring increased reach and uptake of malaria interventions 
following our County Accelerator Dialogue pilots across Kenya. 
With regard to volunteering, we have a global target of 100% employee 
engagement in community & citizenship programmes by 2025 and in 
2024, we’ll work closely with our teams across the globe to highlight the 
opportunities for local workforces to give back to their communities.
Finally, we will seek to amplify our human rights due diligence efforts 
across our supply chain. Our goal is to have 100% of direct ingredient 
suppliers on Sedex by 2025 as a minimum effort – with a heightened focus 
next year on supplier collaboration and prioritising thorough in‑person 
audits and risk assessments for core ingredient supply chains.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
55

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2023
100%
of management to complete 
DE&I training by 2025
Internal colleague pulse survey 
to be conducted in 2024
COLLEAGUES
SUSTAINABILITY – COLLEAGUES
Our colleagues are the key ingredient to Fever-Tree’s success. We value each and 
every person who works for us, with the ambition to foster an environment that 
our colleagues can feel proud to be part of.
Diversity, Equity 
and Inclusion 
Fever-Tree seeks to offer an inclusive 
and secure working environment that 
embraces the authenticity of everyone 
at work. We encourage open sharing 
of viewpoints and ideas, creating a 
space free from judgement or bias.
Our Diversity, Equity and Inclusion 
(DE&I) Committee works closely 
on initiatives to ensure we represent 
our employees and stakeholders 
responsibly and drive meaningful 
progress across all regions. In 2023 
we appointed a Group DEI Lead and 
have dedicated Senior Management 
sponsorship. The Committee has 
updated and set our three-year 
strategy, with plans to deliver based 
on four focus areas: 
•	 Belonging & Engagement – 
coordinates a calendar of events 
and celebrations to help create an 
inclusive culture, that celebrates 
our differences and diversity and 
fosters creativity and wellbeing.
•	 Governance & Training – 
reviewing our employee lifecycle 
and identifying initiatives and 
improvements to ensure we attract 
and retain top talent and support 
individuals to reach their potential.
•	 Data & Analytics – collecting, 
analysing and making 
recommendations based on our 
people composition data and 
engagement feedback.
•	 External Community – supporting 
alignment to our overall ESG 
objectives; ensuring we consider 
and represent our external 
community and stakeholders: our 
customers, consumers, charities, 
suppliers and shareholders.
Our workstreams have been set up to 
practically enable our diversity and 
inclusion agenda, identify strengths 
and weaknesses around diversity and 
inclusion in the organisation, propose 
and align activities and identify 
positive action needed to effect 
change. The committee monitors the 
impact of initiatives and progress.
Globally, we’ve enjoyed widespread 
involvement and engagement within 
events such as an International 
Women’s Day panel discussion, 
quiz night celebrating Pride, Black 
history film night, Diwali Celebrations 
external speakers, informative 
webinars, external mentoring 
network events, and many other 
informative events. 
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
56

Wellbeing
Fever-Tree strives to support the 
everyday wellbeing of staff. As well as 
the many wellbeing tools available in 
our benefits package, we run regular 
hobby clubs including running, 
tennis, book club and netball. In 
2023, we have offered meditation and 
wellbeing in nature workshops – and 
we are proud to have trained and 
accredited fifteen mental health first 
aiders across the company. Regarding 
Learning and Development, the end 
of 2023 saw the introduction of new 
skills-based training courses to help 
people in their roles.
Activities like this all play a role in 
our culture and contribute towards 
colleague engagement and wellbeing. 
Our Best Companies engagement 
survey results reflect our progress 
with the People agenda as we were 
listed in the top 5 Food and Drink 
companies to work for in 2023, 
achieving the ‘Very Good to Work 
For’ badge.
Looking ahead…
In 2024, we will continue 
to deliver against our DEI 
committee objectives and plans, 
celebrating and raising awareness 
with a calendar of global events 
and active employee resource 
groups. Recognising there is no 
‘one-size-fits-all’ approach, we 
are taking a localised approach 
to tailoring ongoing efforts for 
each region. A key priority will 
be better understanding our 
demographic data, agreeing 
DE&I related targets, and to 
ensure we have the right action 
plans to achieve them. 
We have committed to offer 
DE&I training to all employees 
by 2025 – including rolling out 
unconscious bias training to all 
managers in 2024. We will be 
rolling out a new internal pulse 
survey to better understand 
the needs of our colleagues 
and will work to continuously 
improve our Learning and 
Development offering. 
We look forward to building on 
the great successes of this year, 
supporting the development 
of all employees and enabling 
everyone to meet personal and 
career ambitions at Fever-Tree.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
57
57

WE DELIVERED A STRONG 
IMPROVEMENT IN GROSS 
MARGIN IN THE SECOND HALF
FINANCIAL REVIEW
Importantly, brand strength has 
increased in our key markets, with 
market share gains across our regions 
and we end the year with our highest 
ever market share by value in the 
UK whilst increasing our leadership 
position in the tonic and ginger beer 
categories in the US.
At the start of 2023, the inflationary 
cost pressures the Group faced in 
2022 were further compounded by 
the impact of elevated European 
energy costs on glass costs and other 
categories. As a result of this, gross 
margin was further impacted in the 
first half of 2023. Proactive actions 
taken by the Group, including a 
wide-ranging efficiency programme 
and pricing actions across regions, 
alongside the recalibration in Trans-
Atlantic shipping rates, increasingly 
mitigated gross margin headwinds 
as the year progressed. As a result, 
whilst full year gross margin reduced 
year-on-year, within this result we 
delivered a strong improvement in 
gross margin in the second half of the 
year, which underpins confidence in 
further gross margin recovery in 2024 
and beyond.
At the end of the first half, a one-off 
production issue in the US resulted in 
the recognition of a £3.3m provision 
against inventory. This issue was 
ring-fenced to specific production 
batches and did not impact customer 
relationships or our ability to supply 
the market and at year end we have 
recognised a receivable in-line with 
expected compensation in relation to 
this matter. In the second half of the 
year the Group took the decision to 
not renew the contract with our West 
Coast bottling partner and instead 
have contracted with an additional 
East Coast bottling partner, whilst 
the continued recalibration of Trans-
Atlantic shipping rates now allows 
for UK production to service the 
US more profitably than in recent 
years. As a result of these actions, the 
Group remains confident that we have 
sufficient capabilities, capacity and 
contingencies to service US growth 
and drive margin recovery over the 
coming years.
Underlying operating expenditure 
increased to 23.7% of Group revenue 
(2022: 23.0%) which alongside the 
impacts on gross margin resulted in a 
reduction in EBITDA margin to 8.4% 
(2022: 11.6%). The Group generated 
an adjusted EBITDA of £30.5m, a 
reduction of 23.3% on 2022 (2022: 
£39.7m). Working capital increased 
as a proportion of revenue to 28.5% 
(2022: 23.6%), driven by an increase 
in receivables, reflecting improved 
year end trading compared to 2022. 
Increased working capital, alongside 
the lower level of EBITDA achieved, 
resulted in a reduction of operating 
cash flow conversion to 15.2% (2022: 
36.2%). Reduced operating cash 
flow drove a reduction in cash held 
to £59.9m (2022: £95.3m), which 
has subsequently improved post year 
end as the elevated level of year end 
receivables has been collected.
As a reflection of our confidence in 
the on-going financial strength of the 
Group, the Board is recommending 
a final dividend of 10.90 pence per 
share, an increase of 2% year-on-year.
The Group made good progress in 2023 with revenue of £364.4m (2022: £344.3m), 
delivering growth of 6%. Whilst performance in the UK was impacted by unseasonably 
poor summer weather, underlying sales momentum across our key growth markets 
remained positive, most notably in the US.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
58

Our strong balance 
sheet is a competitive 
advantage over many 
of our premium 
mixer competitors 
globally.”
Andrew Branchflower
Chief Financial Officer
As we look ahead to 2024, despite 
on-going macroeconomic and 
geopolitical volatility, we will continue 
to invest behind the brand, and focus 
on delivering revenue growth whilst 
increasing brand strength and market 
share. Alongside this, we expect to 
deliver strong gross margin recovery 
in 2024 as we benefit from improved 
glass pricing following our tender 
process in 2023, continued focus on 
driving efficiencies across our network 
and further pricing actions across key 
markets. This combination of brand 
strength and gross margin recovery 
will establish a platform for strong, 
profitable growth in 2024 and beyond.
Gross margin
Gross margin of 32.1% represents 
a reduction from the 34.5% gross 
margin reported in 2022. The 
Group was materially affected by 
the impact of elevated European 
energy costs on glass bottle costs, 
alongside wider inflationary pressures 
on underlying product costs. 
The Group took proactive steps to 
mitigate these impacts, including 
pricing actions across markets and 
margin improvement initiatives 
including a re-tender of our UK and 
European glass supply. Alongside 
this, Trans-Atlantic freight rates 
reduced as the year progressed. 
Whilst the combination of these 
factors drove an improvement in 
gross margin in the second half of 
2023, they were not sufficient to fully 
off-set the impact of the significant 
headwinds in underlying product 
costs across the full year.
Against a backdrop of continued 
macroeconomic and geopolitical 
uncertainty, we continue to focus on 
margin improvement initiatives which 
will establish a resilient platform for 
profitable growth over the medium 
term. These actions can be broadly 
grouped into four key areas:
1.	Expanding our production 
footprint: establishing capacity 
closer to our key growth markets 
to minimise transport costs, 
optimise our inventory holdings 
and facilitate quicker reactions to 
market dynamics. 
•	 In 2023 we established an 
additional East Coast US bottling 
relationship, signed an agreement 
for local bottling in Australia to 
begin in late 2024 and signed an 
agreement with our secondary UK 
bottler to also provide canning 
capacity for the Group.
2.	Optimising our existing footprint: 
working closely with our current 
partners to drive efficiency and 
effectiveness as we manage our 
increasing complexity. 
•	 In 2023 we have worked in 
partnership with our primary UK 
bottling partner to increase volume 
and run size to unlock improved 
pricing in 2024.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
59

FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED
3.	Procurement: leveraging our 
global scale, widening and on-
shoring our supplier base and 
ensuring our contracts are 
calibrated for both the current 
disruptive environment and 
our longer term growth as we 
scale through our regionalised 
production footprint. 
•	 In 2023 we successfully conducted 
a re-tender for our UK and 
European glass volumes. 
•	 A more strategic relationship with 
the new primary glass supplier 
to the Group will allow greater 
visibility and involvement in energy 
hedging going forward. A partial 
recalibration of European energy 
pricing has allowed for an improved 
hedged energy position for 2024 
compared to 2023.
•	 The partnership will also provide 
opportunities to partner on viable 
carbon reduction initiatives in 
the future whilst allowing for 
transparent and improved glass 
bottle pricing for 2024.
4.	Technology: underpinning all 
of the above is a wide-ranging 
programme to embed technology 
across our global operations that 
will give us best in class ways 
of working, data and insights to 
manage near term disruption, 
as well as underpinning our 
future growth. 
•	 This programme of work will 
provide the foundation for driving 
further efficiency, cost saving and 
working capital improvements in 
2024 and beyond.
We are confident that the benefit 
of the actions taken in 2023, along 
with a focus on further profit-
driving initiatives in 2024, including 
continued execution of our pricing 
strategy across key markets, will drive 
a significant improvement in gross 
margin in 2024 and allow for further 
recovery in 2025 and beyond.
Operating expenditure*
Underlying operating expenses
increased by 9.4% in 2023 to £86.5m
(2022: £79.1m), increasing to 23.7%
as a proportion of Group revenue
(2022: 23.0%). 
Our marketing spend was 9.2% of 
Fever-Tree brand revenue (2022: 
9.8%) as we continue to invest behind 
the brand, whilst staff costs and 
other overheads increased to 14.8% 
of Group revenue (2022: 13.5%), 
with head count increasing as we 
established a subsidiary operation 
in Australia.
The Group generated an adjusted 
EBITDA of £30.5m, a 23.3% 
decrease from 2022 (2022: £39.7m). 
The dilution in gross margin, coupled 
with marginally increased levels of 
underlying operating expenditure as 
a proportion of revenue, has resulted 
in a retraction in adjusted EBITDA 
margin to 8.4% (2022: 11.6%). It 
is notable within this result that 
adjusted EBITDA doubled in the 
second half of 2023, underpinning 
confidence in continued margin 
recovery in 2024.
Depreciation charges increased to 
£6.3m (2022: £4.3m), reflecting 
a full year of depreciation of the 
US warehousing right-of-use assets 
recognised in 2022 under IFRS 16. 
Amortisation charges remained in 
line at £1.7m (2022: £1.5m) whilst 
share based payments reduced to 
£1.7m (2022: £3.3m), reflecting a 
revaluation of the achievability of 
long-term incentives currently 
issued to the Executive Directors. 
As a result of these movements, 
the 23.3% decrease in adjusted 
EBITDA translates to a 32.0% 
decrease in operating profit to 
£20.8m (2022: £30.6m).
Tax
The effective tax rate in 2023 
was 30.6% (2022: 19.7%), this 
includes an adjustment in respect 
of a prior period arising from an 
intercompany reclassification between 
tax jurisdictions. Excluding this 
adjustment the underlying effective 
tax rate for 2023 was 25.1%, which 
was in-line with expectations. 
Earnings per share
The basic earnings per share for the 
year are 13.20 pence (2022: 21.36 
pence) and the diluted earnings per 
share for the year are 13.18 pence 
(2022: 21.32 pence).
In order to compare earnings per 
share year on year, earnings have 
been adjusted to exclude amortisation 
and the UK statutory tax rates have 
been applied (disregarding other 
tax adjusting items). On this basis, 
normalised earnings per share for 
2023 are 15.37 pence per share and 
for 2022 were 22.59 pence per share, 
a decrease of 32.0%; for further 
detail see note 9 of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements on page 133.
Balance sheet and 
Working Capital
Inventory levels increased to 
£67.6m (2022: £60.1m), driven 
by an increased value of finished 
goods held, reflecting the significant 
inflationary impacts on product 
costs in 2023, rather than an 
increased quantity.
Trade and other receivables increased 
ahead of revenue growth to £91.5m 
(2022: £72.4m). This increase 
reflects an uplift in year-end 
trading year-on-year, driven by both 
underlying growth in some markets 
and phasing of orders in other 
markets. The ageing profile of trade 
receivables has remained consistent 
year-on-year, and whilst we recognise 
that the current macroeconomic 
environment continues to contribute 
to an elevated level of credit risk, our 
strong relationships and proactive 
engagement with customers alongside 
appropriate levels of credit insurance 
position us well to continue to 
manage the on-going credit risk. 
The movement in trade and other 
receivables was partially offset by a 
marginal increase in trade and other 
payables to £55.3m (2022: £51.3m).
* Underlying operating expenditure is defined as 
total administrative expenditure less depreciation, 
amortisation and share based payment expenses.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
60

As a result of the above movements, 
most notably the increase in trade 
receivables, working capital increased 
by £22.6m to £103.8m (2022: 
£81.2m), and 28.5% of revenue 
(2022: 23.6%). The increase in 
working capital, alongside the 23.3% 
reduction in EBITDA resulted in cash 
generated from operations decreasing 
to 15.2% (2022: 36.2%). 
Capital Expenditure
Due to the structure of the Group’s 
business model, capital expenditure 
requirements remain low, with 
additions of £9.8m in the year 
(2022: £7.1m). The additions in the 
year included continued investment 
in reusable packaging in Germany. 
Intangible assets include additions 
of £7.0m in the year (2022: £2.5m), 
relating to the global operations 
technology programme.
Cash position
The working capital increase at year 
end, driven mainly by increased 
receivables following strong 
December trading, alongside the 
retraction in EBITDA margin in 
2023 resulted in a reduced level 
of cash generated from operations 
which contributed to a reduction in 
cash at year end to £59.9m (2022: 
£95.3m). Despite this reduction, the 
Group continues to retain a strong 
cash position, and we expect a good 
recovery in cash position in 2024 as 
working capital recalibrates and as 
EBITDA margins improve. 
Our strong balance sheet is a 
competitive advantage over many 
of our premium mixer competitors 
globally. It provides the platform 
to remain agile and invest behind 
opportunities as they arise and 
has allowed the Group to remain 
focused on driving strategic progress 
whilst navigating the challenges 
and disruption in the external 
environment in recent years.
The Group’s capital allocation 
framework remains unchanged. We 
intend to retain sufficient cash to 
allow for investment against the 
opportunity ahead and primarily 
foresee this investment taking the 
form of operational expenditure, 
including upweighted marketing 
spend across our growth regions 
at the appropriate stage, whilst we 
also intend to retain sufficient cash 
reserves to allow us to upweight and 
accelerate investment in key markets.
Whilst not a priority or essential 
component of the Group’s plans, we 
also remain vigilant with regards 
to M&A opportunities that would 
further assist with the delivery 
of our strategy. Where the Board 
considers there to be surplus cash 
held on the Balance Sheet it will 
consider additional distribution 
to shareholders, as demonstrated 
historically by the payment of a 
£50m special dividend in 2022.
Dividend
The Group remains committed to 
a progressive dividend policy. After 
profit for the year of £15.7m (2022: 
£24.5m), the Board is recommending 
a final dividend of 10.90 pence per 
share, bringing the total dividend 
for 2023 to 16.64 pence per share, 
an increase of 2% year-on-year. If 
approved by shareholders at the AGM 
on 6 June 2024 the final dividend 
will be paid on 21 June 2024 to 
shareholders on the register on 
17 May 2024.
Performance indicators
The Group monitors its performance 
through a number of key indicators. 
These are formulated at Board 
meetings and reviewed at both an 
operational and Board level. 
Progress against these key indicators 
was closely monitored during the 
year. Due to the on-going challenges 
posed by macroeconomic volatility, 
targeted performance was adjusted 
accordingly as the year progressed. 
Group revenue growth was strong 
but marginally behind expectations, 
whilst the gross margin and adjusted 
EBITDA margin were both down 
year on year and behind the 
Board’s expectations.
Andrew Branchflower
Chief Financial Officer

25 March 2024
GROUP REVENUE GROWTH %
+5.8%
(2022: +10.7%)
GROUP GROSS MARGIN %
32.1%
(2022: 34.5%)
ADJUSTED EBITDA MARGIN %
8.4%
(2022: 11.6%)
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
61

Under Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 (‘Section 172’), a Director 
is required to act in the way they consider, in good faith, would be 
most likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of 
its members as a whole. The following pages comprise our Section 172 
statement, which describes how the Board have had regard to the matters 
in Section 172 in carrying out their duties over the course of 2023. 
S.172 AND STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT 
During 2023, we continued to identify six key stakeholders as critical for the success of our future business; the interests 
of whom the Board considers and balances in making their decisions.
We set out below the key priorities for each stakeholder group and the ways in which we engaged with them during the 
course of 2023. This list is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all stakeholder priorities and engagement activity, 
but to provide a summary that illustrates the importance stakeholder groups play in the Board’s decision-making.
Workforce 
Key priorities
Board engagement
Impact on Group activity
•	 Providing a safe, 
diverse and inclusive 
working environment 
with opportunities 
to develop and make 
an impact, that 
also allows an open 
dialogue about how 
the business can 
continue to innovate 
and remain relevant. 
•	 A focus on mental, 
physical and financial 
wellbeing, including 
monitoring the 
impact of continued 
increases in the 
cost of living and 
providing support 
to our workforce 
through a variety 
of initiatives.
•	 The Board’s engagement with our workforce 
includes formal and informal meetings.
•	 The Chief People Officer reported to the Board 
on employee engagement, wellbeing, and 
on the Group’s performance framework and 
measurement metrics. 
•	 Kevin Havelock, our designated Non-
Executive Director for workforce engagement, 
met with employee groups from multiple 
markets during the year and provided 
feedback to the Board on team culture and 
alignment with Group values. 
During the year and informed by workforce engagement, 
the Board supported a number of initiatives to further 
enhance our desired culture and diversity including: 
•	 The work of the global DE&I Committee, which included 
initiatives such as celebrations of key times in the year 
including Pride, Black History Month, International 
Women’s Day, and numerous initiatives working with 
both our internal and external communities. For 
example, we continued our mentoring and outreach 
programme for students in the vicinity of our London 
office and partnered with Sum of Us to provide a series 
of DE&I seminars to our workforce in the USA reflecting 
key months of awareness throughout the year. 
•	 An upgraded employee benefits package including an 
updated maternity and paternity leave policy in the UK. 
•	 A continued apprenticeship scheme in the UK office.
•	 Training 15 employees from cross-departmental areas as 
Mental Health First Aiders. 
•	 Enabling global mobility opportunities for employees 
and cross departmental moves. 
•	 Bringing 12 people together for training for those new 
to management. 
  Further information
Nomination Committee Report  / page 80
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
62

Suppliers 
Key priorities
Board engagement
Impact on Group activity
•	 Close engagement 
with the business to 
better understand 
demand and mitigate 
supply chain risk. 
•	 Prompt and accurate 
payment for goods 
and services. 
•	 Development of 
mutually beneficial 
growth and 
collaboration on 
the delivery of our 
innovation agenda. 
•	 Our outsourced business model and 
commitment to innovation relies on a network 
of strong and long-term supplier partnerships. 
The Board is updated on supply chain matters, 
including the status of key relationships, at 
every board meeting. 
•	 The Board also continued to track the impact 
of recent economic and political events on 
supply chains. These included the conflict 
in Ukraine and the Middle East, and rising 
energy costs and inflation, all of which 
continue to pose a formidable test for supply 
chains globally. These created challenges 
to demand forecasting, material sourcing, 
production planning and logistics. The Group’s 
continued ability to work with suppliers to 
react resiliently to changing circumstances and 
successfully mitigate disruption has been a 
testament to the strength of its partnerships. 
The Board endorsed various measures used to react to 
recent supply chain challenges and mitigate their effects 
including: 
•	 Monthly cross-functional meetings between business 
teams both regionally and globally regarding the supply 
and management of key materials to anticipate issues as 
early as possible and mitigate effects accordingly.
•	 Collaborative working between marketing, technical, 
innovation and supply chain teams to re-engineer raw 
materials or components as well as trialling new product 
specifications to address shortages and cost-inflation of 
particular commodities and raw materials.
•	 Supporting key suppliers in their internal projects 
and adjusting ways of working accordingly, in order to 
preserve our long-term partnerships. 
•	 Full reviews of our supplier relationships in key 
categories and the formalisation of this partnership 
approach with new multi-year contracts. 
  Further information
Business Model  / page 12
Sustainability Review  / page 40
International Distributors
Key priorities
Board engagement
Impact on Group activity
•	 Regular 
communication and 
strong partnerships. 
•	 Clear marketing 
plans and tailored 
branding support. 
•	 Joint investment 
to drive long-term 
growth. 
•	 Outside of the UK, US, Germany and Australia, 
the Group operates through a network of 
international distributors. The Board is 
updated on international performance by 
the CEO at every Board meeting. The Board 
also undertook a market visit to Milan, 
accompanied by the International Director and 
Italy company team, and met with our local 
distributor whilst there. 
•	 Each Board member takes the opportunity at meetings 
to challenge international strategy and provide 
market insights based on their own local knowledge 
and experience.
•	 The Board endorsed further investment in the Group’s 
international teams during the year, including building 
regional capabilities in category management and brand 
management, and supported a number of key initiatives, 
including: 
	
– Continuing to strengthen our route to market with 
new distribution relationships in multiple markets, 
including Australia, Japan, France, Greece and India. 
	
– The continued extension of our international portfolio 
with the successful launch of Blood Orange Ginger 
Beer in retail in the Netherlands, Belgium and 
Switzerland, the launch of an open basket format for 
Spanish retail, and the development of our Sparkling 
Pink Grapefruit in the On-Trade in multiple markets 
to capture the emerging Paloma trend, and investment 
in the tequila category outside of North America. 
	
– Brand partnership successes, including co-promotions 
with a range of different spirits brands globally.
	
– TV media campaigns in Italy, the Netherlands 
and Switzerland and a continued digital media 
presence in various markets, including Italy and 
the Benelux region. 
	
– The continued roll-out of branded bar concepts 
in various markets, such as Cambodia. 
  Further information
Business Model / page 12
Our Strategic Blueprint / page 14
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
63

S.172 AND STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT CONTINUED
Consumers
Key priorities
Board engagement
Impact on Group activity
•	 Sourcing the finest 
ingredients to create 
the best quality 
drinks. 
•	 Innovating to cater 
for new and different 
occasions. 
•	 Being a responsible 
brand committed to 
producing products 
ethically and 
sustainably. 
•	 Our Board is regularly informed of consumer 
needs, preferences and concerns and building 
further consumer brand awareness and 
household penetration has been a key theme 
of Board discussions during the year.
•	 The Group’s marketing strategy and product 
innovation programme formed the basis of 
multiple sessions with the Board. 
Consumer considerations and feedback directly informed 
the Board’s support for a number of initiatives including:
•	 Reacting to changing consumer demands with the launch 
of adjacent categories such as our range of Cocktail 
Mixers (in the UK, US, Australia, Germany, Belgium, and 
Denmark) and our range of Adult Premium Soft Drinks 
(UK), as well as new mixer flavours such as Blood Orange 
Ginger Beer (Belgium, Austria) and the continuation of 
spirit partnerships across our major markets. 
•	 Continuing to create engaging content for our consumers 
through our social media channels. 
•	 The launch of a new radio campaign through the summer 
and Christmas months in the UK, as well as extended 
media plans (led by TV) in Australia, the Netherlands, 
Belgium, and Switzerland.
•	 Overseeing the continuous roll out of our improved 
packaging graphics. 
•	 Continuation of the successful operation of the 
Fever‑Tree Bar at Edinburgh Airport. 
  Further information
Our Strategic Blueprint / page 14
Sustainability Review / page 40 
Environment and Communities
Key priorities
Board engagement
Impact on Group activity
•	 A commitment to 
doing business in 
a way that pays 
consideration to both 
the environment and 
the wider community 
that we affect.
•	 Behaving as a 
socially responsible 
business that sources 
conscientiously and 
engages with local 
communities across 
the supply chain.
•	 The Board considers environmental objectives 
as a strategic priority and is encouraged by 
a number of exciting sustainability initiatives 
in development.
•	 The Board considers the impact of Fever-Tree’s 
operations on the communities we impact and 
the environment within its decision making. 
•	 Fever-Tree’s ESG Director and Sustainability 
Manager presented to the Board on strategic 
plans relating to both climate ambitions and 
anti-malarial projects for 2024. 
•	 Our Social, Ethical and Environmental Business Policy 
is embedded in our partnerships and underpins our 
business model.
•	 The Board continues to support many community-led 
initiatives within the business including:
	
– Continuing our long-standing partnership with 
Malaria No More, including donating funds to launch 
Malaria No More’s Zero Malaria Campaign Coalition.
	
– Hosting a reception for UK parliamentarians to 
encourage further investment in The Global Fund 
(which aims to fight AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria), 
as well as supporting the Global Fund’s Country 
Accelerator Dialogue scheme, piloting antimalaria 
behaviour change campaigns across three counties 
in Kenya in coordination with the Kenyan National 
Awareness Control programme. 
	
– A continued partnership with UK charity Future 
Frontiers, which connects young people from 
disadvantaged backgrounds with mentors from our 
UK business. 
	
– Building on our relationship with Earthwatch by 
supporting its portfolio of 150 ‘Tiny Forests’ across 
the UK. 
	
– Partnering with other local charities, including 
supplying organisations like St. John’s Ambulance with 
Fever-Tree stock to support various events they run. 
•	 The Board also supported the Group’s efforts to embed 
a community focus into our supply chain processes, 
including continuing efforts to update and develop our 
Ingredients Supplier Due Diligence framework and 
associated tools. 
  Further information
Business Model / page 12
Sustainability Review / page 53
Our Strategic Blueprint / page 14
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
64

Investors
Key priorities
Board engagement
Impact on Group activity
•	 Regular IR 
engagement on top 
of formal roadshows 
globally. 
•	 Focus on 
communicating 
specific headwinds 
impacting the 
business in the 
short-term, our 
strategy to mitigate 
these, and the long-
term plan to deliver 
sustainable growth.
•	 Consistent 
engagement 
with sell-side 
analysts, including 
a roundtable 
immediately after 
our Interim Results 
in September.
•	 The Executive Directors met with investors 
throughout the year, including two formal 
roadshows following Preliminary and Interim 
Results, as well as roadshows to meet with our 
investors in the US. 
•	 The new Chair met with investors following his 
appointment in May. 
•	 The Group’s Investor Relations Director sends 
monthly summaries of share price movements, 
share register changes and sell-side views to the 
Executive Directors, as well as sharing updates 
with the whole Board regularly (Investor 
Relations is a standing item on the Board’s 
agenda at each meeting).
•	 The Investor Relations Director conducted almost 400 
investor engagements during 2023 with both current 
and potential shareholders. Investor meetings are a 
two-way dialogue between the company and its investors, 
and any feedback is taken into consideration when we 
are communicating the strategy of the business and 
guiding the market to ensure the important messages 
are known and understood.
•	 The Board proposed a final dividend and approved an 
interim dividend during the year, in each case in line 
with the Company’s dividend policy.
  Further information
Corporate Governance Statement / page 78
Audit Committee Report / page 85
Remuneration Committee Report / page 95
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
65

Managing Risk
We recognise that maximising our potential and growth opportunities in accordance 
with our strategy requires a robust and effective risk management framework. Our 
approach to managing risk is simple and practical.
The Audit Committee, under delegated authority from the Board, oversees our internal controls and risk management 
framework, including reviewing the controls in place to mitigate any potential adverse impacts. The Board is ultimately 
responsible for facilitating the effective identification, evaluation, management and mitigation of risks for the Group.
Each functional area of the Group is tasked with monitoring emerging or changing risks in their field with risk and 
mitigation owners appointed. This includes the formation of sub-Committees for particular areas of risk, which meet 
through the year to monitor trends and challenge the impact of mitigation efforts relating to that risk. The output of 
these processes is subject to periodic review with the Executive Directors and reported back to the Board.
In addition, the Board receives presentations from different departments within the Group on an ongoing basis to keep 
the Board informed on strategic and operational performance, and conducts an annual deep dive to review the controls 
in place to mitigate risks faced by the Group. 
When we look at risks, we specifically consider the effects they could have on our business model, our culture and our 
long-term strategic objectives. We consider both short-term and long-term risks, as well as environmental, social and 
governance risks. Each risk is independently quantified against set criteria, considering both the likelihood of occurrence 
and the potential impact on the Group both before and after the application of mitigation measures. We use these results 
to identify specific actions and further available mitigation measures, and the implementation of these in operations 
by each of our Group companies. These assessments are recorded in a Group Key Risk Register, formed of our most 
significant risks from across the entire business. This register is then finally reviewed, challenged and then ratified 
by the Board on a bi-annual basis.
An overview of the principal risks facing Fever-Tree is summarised on the following page. The Board’s assessment of the 
long-term viability of the Group is also reviewed annually and more detail on this can be found in the Audit Committee 
Report on pages 82 to 85.
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
66

The Board sets out below the principal risks and uncertainties that the Directors consider could impact the business. 
This list is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all the risks faced by the business. The Board recognises that the 
nature and scope of risks can change and that there are other risks to which the Group is exposed.
Political And Consumer Economic Environment – Macroeconomic Volatility
The combination of global inflationary pressures, ongoing conflict in Ukraine and the Middle East, the UK’s exit from the EU in 2020 
and wider political uncertainty around the globe has heightened the risk of a worsening of economic conditions in the Group’s key 
geographic markets. 
Impact of risk
A worsening of the conditions outlined 
above and associated disruption could lead 
to further input cost inflation and reduced 
consumer confidence. 
Input cost inflationary pressures across 
categories will impact the Group’s margins 
and profitability. The instability in Ukraine 
and the Middle East is having an ongoing 
impact on shipping routes and pricing, as 
well as energy pricing and availability with 
a number of potential impacts, including: 
increased shipping costs, delays and/or 
unavailability of shipping due to conflict in 
the Middle East impacting the Suez Canal, 
potential disruption to glass manufacturing 
due to availability of gas for production 
lines, increases in the cost of glass bottles, 
increases in gas costs impacting the 
availability and cost of CO2, the ability 
of On-Trade outlets to continue trading, 
and more widely, can impact consumer 
confidence and discretionary spending.
Reduced consumer confidence and 
spending could impact demand for 
products and affect the Group’s ability 
to increase or maintain the prices of its 
products in its key markets and therefore 
mitigate the impact to profitability of 
input cost inflationary pressures. In more 
mature markets where the Group is a 
market leader, it may be more exposed to 
downturns in consumer confidence than 
it was during phases of accelerated growth 
and rapid gains in market share. 
Actions to mitigate risk 
The Group’s outsourced business model provides a strong degree of operational 
flexibility which underpins an ability to adapt our business operations to address and 
mitigate disruption caused by conflict, Brexit, gas availability, input price pressure 
and more. In addition to this, the Group has where possible built contingency stocks 
of raw materials, packaging and finished goods across its UK, US, European and 
Rest of World regions and continues to work on a number of strategic initiatives 
which will help to mitigate the impact of supply chain disruption and on-going 
inflationary pressures.
The Group continues to work on improving both pricing with suppliers and 
security of supply as we plan ahead for the future. As announced previously, the 
Group has recently entered into several long-term agreements with suppliers to 
give more control over security of supply and medium- to long-term pricing, in 
addition we have entered into hedging agreements on core input commodities 
within these contracts to further protect our pricing from volatility. Furthermore, 
we have continued to expand our manufacturing footprint geographically, with new 
co-packing agreements in the US and Australia, providing some mitigation to the 
impact of any potential shipping disruption.
The positioning of the Group’s products as an affordable luxury alongside its diverse 
customer, channel and regional mix would be expected to mitigate the impact at 
Group level of worsening economic conditions on consumer demand in specific 
markets. There is also an expectation that the Group will be in a position to increase 
pricing to different degrees across markets whilst maintaining its relative price point 
to the competition.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
67

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED
Competition
The Group continues to face competition from other beverage companies in the mixer category. This could intensify in the Group’s core 
markets through other companies further increasing focus and investment in their existing brands, introducing their own brands or 
acquiring local brands. 
In the UK, the Group’s priority is to continue to grow in the face of aggressive pricing policies and marketing strategies from its 
competitors, who are focused on taking share from the brand. Outside of the UK, the Group’s emphasis remains on continuing to 
capitalise on its first mover advantage in the vast majority of markets, to drive category growth and increased market share by building 
brand and category awareness and further catalysing the longstanding consumer trends towards premiumisation and long mixed drinks. 
Impact of risk 
Increased competition and unanticipated 
actions by competitors could lead to a 
decline in the Group’s market share or 
pressure on pricing and marketing spend, 
which may have an adverse effect on 
the Group’s profitability and hinder its 
growth potential.
Actions to mitigate risk
The Group has consistently faced strong, robust competition over its lifetime, from 
both large multinationals and more focused, copycat local brands. The Group’s first 
mover advantage in almost all of its markets, product quality, brand strength and 
diverse territorial, channel, customer and product mix all combine to mitigate the risk 
of increased competition affecting overall Group performance. The Group continues to 
invest significantly in product innovation, finding and securing the best sales forces and 
operational personnel and identifying the optimum supply and distribution partners 
for each of the Group’s markets so that it is best placed to deal with competitive 
challenges. The Group’s available levels of investment aids its ability to defend and 
react to competitor actions whilst the challenging on-going macroeconomic conditions 
are weighing more heavily on the Group’s smaller competitors who may not have the 
same strength of balance sheet or procurement scale to continue to invest strongly in 
the opportunity. As a result of all of these factors, the Group has continued to grow its 
market share within the mixer category across regions whilst it has seen a number of its 
competitors lose share, pull back from investment and face de-listings.
Supply Chain – Business Continuity
The Group operates an asset-light, outsourced business model, working with third party bottlers, canners, logistics and distribution 
partners. In addition, the Group is dependent on the supply of a number of key ingredients for its products, such as quinine and fresh 
green ginger, for which there are a limited number of suppliers. Direct material costs (which include the costs of raw materials such as 
sugar and packaging materials, including glass) represent the largest component of the Group’s cost of sales. 
The Group could be affected if there were a significant disruption to any of the Group’s key raw material suppliers, production, storage, 
or distribution partners, or to the wider global supply chain market, as has happened in 2022 and 2023. 
Further, commodity price changes may result in increases in the cost of raw materials, packaging, and logistics for the Group’s products 
due to a variety of factors outside the Group’s control. 
Impact of risk 
In the event of such disruption the Group 
may not be able to arrange for alternative 
supply, production, storage, or distribution 
on as favourable terms, or with sufficient 
speed to ensure continuity of business. 
Actions to mitigate risk 
The Group now bottles/cans with ten (10) different partners, across UK, continental 
Europe, and the US. A number of other initiatives have further diversified the Group’s 
supply chain: (i) a new canning line is being installed at one of our UK partners during 
2024; (ii) we are bringing online a new bottler in the US; and (iii) we are working 
towards the start of local production in Australia. This increasing footprint of bottlers, as 
well as additional local capabilities in key markets, allows the Group to absorb capacity 
requirements from long term future growth and shorter-term unbudgeted growth. 
In addition, in the US we hold our stock across three locations on the West Coast, East 
Coast and in Texas. The Group also works with multiple glass suppliers and wherever 
possible retains contingency levels of glass to cover unexpected shortages of supply. In 
addition, the Group maintains a buffer stock of key ingredients and raw materials to 
allow sufficient time to reformulate in the event of disruption to supply. We continue to 
hold buffer stocks of key ingredients such as quinine and ginger to mitigate disruption. 
At a macro level there has been ongoing inflation in raw material and logistics costs. 
To mitigate against this, the Group has recently entered into several long-term agreements 
with suppliers to give more control over security of supply and medium to long-term 
pricing. In addition, as part of these long-term contracts we have entered into several 
hedging agreements on the largest input commodities such as natural gas and aluminium 
further mitigating potential volatility. The Group may look to mitigate the impact of rises 
by increasing its sales price to distributors and customers where appropriate. 
The Group also takes out and maintains business interruption cover insurance 
to mitigate the financial risk of any potential disruption in supply. 
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
68

Supply Chain – Inconsistent Quality Or Contamination Of The Group’s Products
The quality of the Group’s products is a key component of Fever-Tree’s brand strength. The Group’s products are produced by a network 
of outsourced production partners based around the world, and the products include key ingredients sourced from multiple partners. 
The network of different bottling partners and ingredients suppliers must combine to consistently deliver products of the highest 
quality which are safe for consumption by Fever-Tree’s consumers. 
The ongoing growth of the Group’s sales in the US and other international markets increases our potential exposure to a significant 
product liability judgement. 
Impact of risk 
A lack of consistency in the quality of 
products or contamination of the Group’s 
products, whether occurring accidentally 
or through deliberate third-party action, 
could harm the integrity of, or consumer 
support for, the brand. A significant 
product liability issue or a widespread 
product recall could negatively impact 
the reputation of the affected product 
and/or the Group’s brand for a period of 
time depending on product availability, 
competitive reaction, and consumer 
attitudes. Even if a product liability claim 
is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, 
resulting negative publicity could adversely 
affect the Group’s reputation and brand 
image, which may have a material adverse 
effect on the Group’s prospects, results of 
operations and financial condition. 
Actions to mitigate risk 
Our manufacturing partners are high quality operators with excellent QA levels and 
our Technical and Quality Director runs a rigorous due diligence process when on-
boarding any new bottlers/canners alongside an on-going quality audit programme. 
The Group maintains localised resource in its technical team to support regional 
production and supply partners, including a local US Quality team, as well as UK and 
EU Quality managers. In-person site visits are back at a normal cadence following 
disruptions caused by COVID-19. 
Key management are regularly trained on crisis management and crisis team ways 
of working. Alongside this, we periodically undertake crisis challenge simulation 
exercises with external consultants to provide a test of processes and crisis team 
ways of working. 
The Group has also undertaken work on its communication strategy in the event of a 
product issue arising with the help of external advisers. The Group also takes out an 
maintains appropriate insurance coverage to mitigate the potential financial risk of a 
product quality issue arising. 
Environmental
As the Group grows, we are increasingly mindful of the potential for our operations to have an impact on the wider environment. 
Failure to identify areas for improvement and/or current risks in our supply chain not only could have a negative impact on the 
environment but also the brand’s public perception. Equally, changes in the wider environment driven by climate change represent a 
potential risk to the Group’s ability to source ingredients from around the world, as well as potentially impacting our ability to produce 
our products. 
Impact of risk 
A shortage of ingredients due to a poor 
annual harvest or further supply constraints 
resulting from climate changes over time 
could impact our ability to produce and 
sell our products. Regulatory or consumer 
perception shifts could have a marked 
impact on our supply chain, brand 
reputation and packaging formats in future 
years and/or require incremental future 
investment to comply with, and meet 
them, respectively. 
Actions to mitigate risk
Climate risk analysis is conducted biannually by the Global Sustainability team (via an 
annual deep dive, supplemented by a lighter touch reflection on any key changes after 
six months) and submitted to the Risk Committee upon review by the ESG Committee. 
In 2023, Fever-Tree conducted an updated assessment of climate-related risks to our 
business. The risks have been categorised into three main areas – regulation and policy 
related risks; reputational and market related risks; and physical risks (immediate 
and long-term). No material issues or weaknesses in the organisation’s strategy have 
been identified for the short-term, however a series of resilience strategies have 
been established to mitigate specific medium to long-term climate-related risks. 
A more detailed climate risk scenario analysis is planned for 2024 and beyond to 
build out a more holistic medium to long term view of climate risks and associated 
resilience strategies. 
We have preliminary SBTi approved science-based carbon reduction targets, set in 
line with the latest climate science necessary to meet the goals of the Paris Agreement 
and limit the temperature increase to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels. Further 
decarbonisation plans are incoming across Scopes 1, 2 and 3, assessing the potential 
for a future Group net zero emissions target. 
We have developed a network of suppliers who can supply ingredients and materials 
from different origins to diversify our risk and protect supply. With high priority raw 
materials, we have mitigation actions in play such as maintaining higher levels of stock. 
More detail on the climate risk analysis can be found on pages 41 to 43. 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
69

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED
Social And Ethical  
The Group and components of its supply chain operate in certain international markets which may have inherent risks relating 
to enforcement of obligations, cultural differences, security of staff, lawful working conditions, fraud, bribery and corruption. 
Impact of risk 
There is increased focus on these issues 
from regulators, consumers and investors 
and any form of non-compliance in this 
area could have a significant negative 
impact on the brand as well as the 
Group’s operations. 
Actions to mitigate risk 
This year, we have continued to review and enhance our approach to responsible 
sourcing, fostering a collaborative effort to improve ethical and sustainable practices 
across our global supply chain. 
This has included building out our supplier risk analysis framework and human rights 
due diligence strategy, enabling us to pinpoint crucial suppliers, perform third party 
audits and prioritise management of potential risks linked to the production of key 
ingredients, whilst facilitating the cultivation of stronger connections with suppliers 
and growers. 
As a minimum, we expect suppliers to link with us on Sedex and sign our Social, 
Ethical, and Environmental Business Policy, which outlines the employment standards 
we expect from our partners, as well as requirements relating to the compliance, health 
and safety and environmental practices within their businesses. These standards 
adhere to the United Nations International Labour Organization (ILO) conventions, 
the United Nations Business Council’s Guiding Principles (UNGP) and are aligned 
with the Ethical Trade Initiative (ETI)’s Base Code. 
Key Management  
The Group’s success is linked to the efforts and abilities of key personnel and its ability to retain such personnel as well as attracting 
other highly skilled individuals. The executive management team, which includes one of the founders of the business, has significant 
experience in the industry and has made an important contribution to the Group’s growth and success.
Impact of risk 
Critically, this is a founder-led business and 
the loss of the services of the founder on 
the executive management team could have 
an adverse effect on the Group’s operations. 
Equally, the loss to the Group of a member 
of the executive management team could 
have an adverse effect on operations.
Actions to mitigate risk 
The Remuneration committee sets appropriate remuneration packages for the 
executive to ensure they are incentivised to stay with the business. Whilst investors and 
other stakeholders continue to attach importance to our remaining founder and other 
members of the executive team remaining actively involved in the business, as the 
Group and its workforce grows dependence on these individuals’ contribution should 
gradually lessen.
The Chief People Officer works to ensure the senior management team is appropriately 
remunerated against market rates, with additional LTIP performance incentives 
to encourage retention and high performance. Should any member of the senior 
management team leave, the ambition would be to identify an internal candidate as a 
replacement, but where that is not currently possible or appropriate, we work to ensure 
we cultivate a continual view of the current market for external candidates.
As the Group grows, further work is being undertaken to preserve the business’s culture 
and ensure its purpose, strategy and values are well understood by the workforce.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
70

IT  
The Group uses information technology systems for the processing, transmission and storage of electronic data relating to its operations 
and financial reporting. A significant portion of communications among the Group’s personnel, customers and suppliers relies on 
the efficient performance of information technology systems. Owing to its outsourced model, the Group is also reliant on the proper 
functioning of IT systems at its major suppliers. The Group acknowledges that the incidence and sophistication of cyber-attacks across 
the industry has increased notably in recent times.
Impact of risk 
If the Group, or any of its significant 
stakeholders or partners, were subject to 
a cyber-attack or other issue impacting 
the ability for its IT systems to effectively 
operate, this could have a material adverse 
effect on the Group’s operations. 
Actions to mitigate risk 
The Group employs a Technology Director, supported by an experienced team and 
strategic service partners to develop, monitor, protect, and continuously improve the 
security of our IT infrastructure. Guided by regular and thorough external assessments, 
penetration testing and vulnerability analysis, the Group ensures that good levels of 
protection and controls are in place to avoid exposure to known threats.
A focused IT Security strategy, plan and governance is in place to continually 
review and address key, known and emerging threats realised by: (i) monitoring 
the robustness of management controls and agreeing additional investment and 
improvements as required; (ii) an established 24/7 Security Operations Centre; (iii) 
reviews, updates and compliance audits of employee and IT policies; (iv) security 
training to improve employee awareness and vigilance to security risk; (v) ongoing 
internal and external (key supplier) compliance audits; and (vi) robust incident 
response, business continuity and disaster recovery plans and testing.
The Group has Cyber and Crime insurance policies in place which mitigate its financial 
exposure to these risks. 
As required by the FRC’s UK 
Corporate Governance Code, the 
Board has assessed the Group’s 
prospects and viability over a three-
year period to 31 December 2026. 
A three-year assessment period 
was selected as it corresponds 
with the Board’s normal strategic 
planning horizon as well as 
the period over which senior 
management are remunerated via 
long-term incentive plans. The 
three-year period balances the 
long-term nature of investments 
in the beverages industry with an 
assessment of the viability of the 
key drivers of near-term business 
performance as well as external 
factors impacting our business. 
In making this assessment, the 
Board took account of the Group’s 
current financial position, annual 
budget, three-year plan, forecasts, 
and sensitivity testing on the 
performance of the business over 
the medium term. 
The Board also considered several 
other factors including the Group’s 
operational business model, its risk 
management and internal control 
effectiveness and whether the 
principal risks and uncertainties, 
alone or combined, would be likely 
to impact the Group’s viability 
during the three-year period under 
consideration. 
Therefore, the Board applied three 
scenarios:
•	 The potential for continued 
macroeconomic uncertainty and 
an increase in competitor activity 
to impact the Group’s revenue and 
cost base.
•	 The potential for geopolitical 
uncertainty and events, causing 
inflationary and logistic challenges, 
impacting the Group’s cost base.
•	 A significant business interruption 
issue, which could result from, for 
instance, a cyber attack, a fire at 
a key production partner or from 
a disruption in availability of a 
key ingredient due to an extreme 
weather event.
Against these conservative, prudent 
scenarios, and before considering 
the opportunity for mitigating 
actions such as the utilisation 
of existing redundancy in our 
production model, or making 
reductions in variable operating 
expenditure, the forecasts for the 
period to December 2026 indicate 
that the Group would continue to 
hold significant cash balances. 
Based on this assessment, 
notwithstanding the remaining 
level of uncertainty related to 
the wider macroeconomic and 
geopolitical environment, the 
Board has a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will continue to 
operate and meet its liabilities as 
they fall due during the period to 
31 December 2026. 
This Strategic Report was 
approved on behalf of the Board 
on 25 March 2024.
Andrew Branchflower 
Chief Financial Officer 
VIABILITY STATEMENT
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
71

GOING TO EXCEPTIONAL
LENGTHS IN THE UK
WORCESTERSHIRE
INGREDIENTS
Flavour notes:
From high tannic acid 
varieties for a crisp, dry 
and bittersweet taste!
Features in:
Sparkling Cloudy 
British Apple with 
Garden Mint
Our story
We use the Dabinett apple which accounts for over 70% of the cider 
apples produced in the UK and are renowned for their bittersweet crisp 
flavour; more traditionally used in cider the concentrate is perfect for 
making drinks. They are high in tannins with adds texture, colour and 
complex flavour.
Process & harvest
Our apples are harvested & processed locally, within 12–24 hours when 
the fruit is at peak ripeness to preserve its flavours. Grown in foothills 
of the Malvern Hills the area is renowned for its deep fertile soil which 
retains moisture and does not require irrigation.
The trees last for 30 years or longer when well-maintained, planted 
with wide gaps between them to allow for sunlight. The mild maritime 
climate, combined with the fertile soils makes this area a great place to 
grow apples – they ripen slowly creating wonderful intense and complex 
flavours and aromas. There is no waste, rotten apples and the pulp after 
pressing is used in animal feed and used within the county.
72
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023

DABINETT 
APPLES 
Dating from 1900, Dabinett apples 
are a British cider apple variety, 
with small, yellow green fruit – 
flecked with red and an intense 
flavour profile. We source our apples 
from two farms in the foothills 
of the Malvern Hills, renowned for 
its rich fertile soil.
GOVERNANCE
Board of Directors	

74
Corporate Governance Statement	

76
Nomination Committee Report	

80
Audit Committee Report	

82
Remuneration Committee Report	

86
Directors’ Report	

102
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities	 
104
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
73

Alex O’Connell 
(36)
Company Secretary 
Alex is the Company Secretary and General Counsel at 
Fever‑Tree. Before joining us in 2021, he worked in Legal and 
Corporate Affairs at AB InBev, and at Freshfields Bruckhaus 
Deringer LLP as a corporate lawyer in London and Singapore. 
He is secretary of the Board of Directors and of each of its 
Committees. He is a graduate of Cambridge University, where he 
studied Classics.
Domenic joined the Group as 
a Non-Executive Director on 
17 May 2018 and became Chair 
of the Board and Nomination 
and Disclosure Committees 
following Bill Ronald’s 
retirement at the most recent 
AGM in May 2023. Domenic 
is a qualified chartered 
accountant and brings with 
him a wealth of management 
experience in the beverages and 
consumer goods sector having 
spent 20 years at SABMiller, 
the former FTSE 100 beverage 
company, focusing on strategy 
and corporate development 
before reaching the position 
of Chief Financial Officer and 
Executive Board Director. 
Domenic is a Non-Executive 
Director of Asahi Breweries 
Europe Group and is a 
senior consultant to Asahi 
Group Holdings.
	 See the Nomination 
committee report /
pages 80 and 81
Domenic De Lorenzo 
(59)
Non-Executive Chair
Tim has been the CEO of the 
Group since 2014. Tim has a 
business management degree 
from Newcastle University, 
specialising in food marketing. 
During university he started 
his first business, a waitering 
agency. In 1998 he joined a 
London-based advertising and 
branding agency. Subsequently, 
he launched the Business 
Development Consultancy 
which included identifying 
opportunities in the premium 
food and drink sector. It was in 
this role that he made contact 
with Charles Rolls, which 
resulted in the co-founding of 
Fever-Tree in 2004.
Tim Warrillow 
(49)
Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer
Kevin joined the Group as a 
Non-Executive Director on 
11 January 2018 and took over 
from Coline McConville as 
Senior Independent Director 
following the most recent AGM 
in May 2023. Kevin has more 
than 25 years’ drinks industry 
experience and was Global 
President of Refreshment 
at Unilever from 2011 until 
the end of 2017, responsible 
for the Group’s €10 billion 
revenue global beverages and 
ice cream business. Kevin held 
a wealth of senior leadership 
positions for Unilever around 
the world, including Chairman 
for Unilever UK, Unilever 
France and Unilever Arabia 
as well as President, Unilever 
North America. He was a 
Unilever Executive Committee 
member, sat on the Group’s 
Sustainability Board and was 
Co-Chair of the Pepsi/Lipton 
tea joint venture. 
Kevin is a Trustee of the Eden 
Project and sits on the board of 
The All-England Lawn Tennis 
Club and Championships. 
Kevin is also the Group’s 
designated Non-Executive 
Director who is responsible for 
engaging with employees and 
ensuring that the employee 
voice is represented in 
the boardroom.
Kevin Havelock 
(66) 
Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director 
Andrew joined the Board on 
16 October 2014. Andrew 
is a graduate of Cambridge 
University, where he studied 
natural sciences, and qualified 
as an ACA in 2007. He worked 
for a boutique firm specialising 
in start-ups and fast-growing 
businesses and prior to joining 
the Group, was Head of 
Finance at the Design Council. 
Andrew joined the Group in 
September 2012, in the run-up 
to the investment in the Group 
by Lloyds Development Capital 
and was appointed Finance 
Director in September 2013.
Andrew Branchflower 
(44)
Chief Financial Officer 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
74

  Member of the 
Remuneration 
Committee
  Member of the Audit 
Committee
  Member of the 
Nomination Committee
  Member of the 
Disclosure Committee
  Committee chair
Laura joined the Group as a 
Non-Executive Director on 
20 May 2021 and took over 
from Coline McConville as 
Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee following the 
most recent AGM in May 
2023. With over 25 years of 
experience, Laura has held 
senior positions at Gymshark 
as Chief People Officer, at 
Tate & Lyle Plc as Chief HR 
Officer and at Dyson Limited 
as Group HR Director. Earlier 
in her career she worked as a 
management consultant for 
Arthur Andersen.
	 See the Remuneration 
committee report /
pages 86 to 101
Laura Hagan 
(51)
Independent Non-Executive Director
Jeff joined the Group as a 
Non-Executive Director 
on 11 January 2018. Jeff 
has significant experience 
across the North American 
beverage industry, gathered 
over almost 30 years, with 
particular expertise in sales 
and distribution in the US. 
His experience spans the beer, 
spirits, premium non-alcoholic 
carbonated soft drink and 
health and wellness beverage 
categories for a range of 
global brands. His leadership 
roles have included CEO of 
Red Bull Distribution, North 
America, President of Vita 
Coco and North American CEO 
of Mast-Jägermeister. He is 
now working as CEO of Ghost 
Tequila, a high growth tequila 
business in the US.
Jeff Popkin 
(59)
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Clare joined the Group as a 
Non-Executive Director and 
Chair of the Audit Committee 
on 25 May 2023. Clare is a 
qualified Chartered Accountant 
with extensive experience 
within the consumer brand 
sector. She was Co-CEO for 
Camelot, operator of The 
National Lottery, until January 
2024, having joined as CFO in 
2017 before being appointed 
to the board in 2019. Prior to 
that she was Group CFO at 
dunnhumby, having previously 
spent over 17 years at Tesco 
where she worked across a 
wide range of operational and 
financial positions, including 
CFO for Tesco.com and Group 
Audit Director. In March 2024 
Clare joined the Board of the 
John Lewis Partnership where 
she is Chair of the Audit and 
Risk Committee.
	 See the Audit committee 
report / pages 82 to 85
Clare Swindell 
(54)
Independent Non-Executive Director
David joined the Group as a 
Non-Executive Director on 
1 January 2024. David brings 
over 35 years of extensive 
industry expertise in the 
beverage sector including 
bottling, manufacturing, 
supply chain management 
and strategy across the North 
American and European 
markets. David served as 
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Supply Chain Officer 
for PepsiCo Beverages North 
America (PBNA) where he 
was accountable for leading 
the end-to-end supply chain 
operations for PBNA. Most 
recently he was Senior Vice 
President of Manufacturing 
Strategy across food and 
beverages for PepsiCo’s North 
American business. Prior to 
these roles, he served 22 years 
at Pepsi Bottling Group across 
the business’ manufacturing 
and warehouse operations 
– culminating in the role of 
Global VP, Manufacturing 
and Warehouse Operations – 
before joining PepsiCo when it 
acquired the business in 2010.
David Lapp 
(58)
Independent Non-Executive Director
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
75

AN INTRODUCTION 
FROM OUR CHAIR
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT 
Our Board recognise the important 
role a robust governance framework 
plays in the successful delivery of 
our long-term strategy. Although 
drafted with larger, main market 
listed companies in mind, the 
Group continues to adopt the 
2018 UK Corporate Governance 
Code (the ‘Code’). The Group has 
complied with all of the provisions 
set out in the Code during the year, 
subject to the limited exception 
detailed and explained on page 92 
(Directors’ Remuneration Policy – 
Shareholding Guidelines – Provision 
36). A key focus of the Code is the 
requirement for detailed expositions 
on stakeholder engagement and how 
the Directors have had consideration 
to and applied their duties under 
s.172 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our statements on these topics are 
detailed on pages 62 to 65. 
This is my first year as Chair, having 
taken over from Bill Ronald. I will 
express my gratitude to Bill once 
more here, in particular for leading 
our excellent Board up to this point. 
We were also sad to see the retirement 
of Coline McConville at the end of 
2023, following a distinguished 
term as Senior Independent Director 
and Remuneration Committee 
Chair – thank you Coline for all of 
your efforts for Fever-Tree. It was 
not all sad news, and these two 
vacancies have led to two excellent 
appointments to the Board. 
Clare Swindell joined the Board as a 
Non-Executive Director and Chair of 
the Audit Committee following the 
AGM in May 2023. Clare has already 
established herself as a valuable 
Board member and a focused Audit 
Chair. We also welcomed David Lapp 
at the beginning of 2024 and are 
excited to have his expertise with us 
as we continue our journey. 
Congratulations and thank you also 
to Kevin Havelock for taking over 
as Senior Independent Director, and 
to Laura Hagan for taking over as 
Remuneration Committee Chair, 
in each case following the AGM 
in 2023. Their ongoing support 
is invaluable. 
Domenic De Lorenzo 
Chair 
Leadership 
Role of the Board 
The Board is responsible to the 
shareholders and sets the Group’s 
strategy for achieving long-term 
success in accordance with our 
purpose and values. The Board is also 
ultimately responsible for establishing 
the Group’s governance structure, 
the effectiveness of internal controls, 
risk management, and the direction 
of the Group in accordance with our 
purpose and values to help deliver 
our strategy. We look to provide the 
framework for our Group companies 
to follow these principles and provide 
guidance at Group level on measures 
to implement them. 
The day-to-day responsibilities for 
the running of each of our Group 
companies is delegated to the executive 
and senior management. However, 
there are a number of matters where, 
because of their importance to the 
Group, it is considered appropriate 
to have enhanced oversight from 
the Board. The Board therefore has 
a documented formal schedule of 
matters reserved for its approval, 
which is reviewed annually.
This includes matters relating to:
•	 The Group’s strategic aims 
and objectives.
•	 The structure and capital of 
the Group.
•	 Financial reporting, financial 
controls and dividend policy.
•	 Internal controls, risk and the 
Group’s risk appetite.
76
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023

•	 The approval of unusual and/or 
significant capital expenditures 
or disposals.
•	 Effective communication with 
shareholders.
•	 Any changes to Board membership 
or structure.
The Board understands the 
importance of the Group’s governance 
framework to ensure it effectively 
focuses on strategy, performance, 
responsibility and accountability to 
ensure that every decision we make 
is of the highest quality. All of its 
decisions are discussed within the 
context of the risks involved. Effective 
risk management is central to 
achieving our strategic objectives 
and further details of the Group’s 
internal processes are set out on 
pages 66 to 71. 
Division of Responsibilities 
Chair and CEO 
The Chair is responsible for 
leadership of the Board and ensuring 
its effectiveness in all aspects of its 
role. The Chief Executive Officer is 
responsible for delivering the strategy 
and commercial objectives agreed by 
the Board. There is a clear division 
of responsibility between the Chair 
and the CEO to ensure that there 
is a balance of power and authority 
between leadership of the Board and 
executive leadership. 
The Company Secretary, Alex 
O’Connell, is the secretary of each 
Committee. 
Audit Committee 
The Audit Committee is chaired 
by Clare Swindell and its other 
members during the year were Coline 
McConville, Kevin Havelock, Laura 
Hagan and Jeff Popkin. Domenic 
De Lorenzo stepped down from the 
Committee following his appointment 
as Chair of the Board in May 2023. 
All members are independent. 
The Audit Committee has primary 
responsibility for assisting the Board 
in the fulfilment of its obligations 
regarding the monitoring of the 
adequacy and effectiveness of the 
Group’s risk management and 
internal financial control and audit 
system; reviewing the integrity of 
the Group’s financial statements and 
reporting; and assessing the scope, 
resources, performance, effectiveness 
and independence of the external 
Auditors. It receives and reviews 
reports from the Group’s management 
and Auditor relating to the annual 
accounts and the accounting internal 
control systems in use throughout 
the Group. The Audit Committee 
met four times last year and has 
unrestricted access to the Group’s 
Auditor. The Chair, Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
attend the Committee meetings 
by invitation.
The Audit Committee Report on 
pages 82 to 85 contains more detailed 
information on the Committee’s role. 
I am pleased to present this 
year’s Corporate Governance 
Report, my first as Chair.”
Domenic De Lorenzo
Chair
Non-Executive Directors 
and SID 
The Chair promotes a culture of 
openness and debate by facilitating 
the effective contribution of 
Non-Executive Directors, as well 
as maintaining good working 
relationships between all Directors, 
with Non-Executive Directors 
communicating directly with 
Executive Directors and senior 
management between formal 
Board meetings.
Kevin Havelock is the Senior 
Independent Director (SID). He 
provides a sounding board for the 
Chair and serves as an intermediary 
for the other Directors when 
necessary. As the SID, Kevin is 
available to shareholders, as may be 
appropriate in certain circumstances. 
Kevin meets the other Non-Executive 
Directors at least annually to appraise 
the Chair’s performance, providing 
feedback as appropriate. 
Role of Committees 
The Board has delegated specific 
responsibilities to the Audit, 
Remuneration, Nomination and 
Disclosure Committees, details 
of which are set out below. 
Each Committee has written 
terms of reference setting out its 
duties, authority and reporting 
responsibilities. Copies of the terms 
of reference for each Committee are 
available on the Company’s website 
or on request from the Company 
Secretary. The terms of reference of 
each Committee are reviewed regularly 
by the Board to ensure they remain 
appropriate and reflect any changes in 
legislation, regulation or best practice. 
Overview
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Governance
77

Remuneration Committee 
The Remuneration Committee is 
chaired by Laura Hagan. Its other 
members during the year were 
Domenic De Lorenzo, Kevin 
Havelock, Coline McConville and 
Clare Swindell, all of whom are 
independent. The Remuneration 
Committee reviews the performance 
of the Executive Directors and makes 
recommendations to the Board on 
matters relating to their remuneration 
and terms of employment. The 
Remuneration Committee also makes 
recommendations to the Board on 
proposals for the granting of share 
options and other equity incentives 
pursuant to any share option scheme 
or equity incentive scheme in 
operation from time to time. 
The remuneration and terms and 
conditions of appointment of the 
Non-Executive Directors of the 
Group is set by the Board. The Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer are invited to attend for some 
parts of the Committee meetings 
where their input is required 
although they do not take part in 
any decision on their own benefits 
and remuneration. 
The Remuneration Committee 
Report on pages 86 to 103 contains 
more detailed information on the 
Committee’s role and the Directors’ 
remuneration and fees. 
Nomination Committee 
The Nomination Committee is 
chaired by Domenic De Lorenzo. 
Its other members during the year 
were Coline McConville, Kevin 
Havelock, Jeff Popkin, Laura Hagan 
and Clare Swindell. Bill Ronald 
stepped down from the Committee 
following his retirement from the 
Board in May 2023. The Nomination 
Committee is responsible for, 
amongst other things, reviewing 
the structure, size and composition 
(including the skills, knowledge, 
experience and diversity) of the Board 
and making recommendations to the 
Board with regard to any changes. 
The Committee ran the processes 
for selecting Clare Swindell and 
David Lapp as appointees to the 
Board, subject to final Board approval 
of their candidacies. 
The Nomination Committee also 
considers the wider leadership 
needs of the organisation, including 
ensuring that appropriate succession 
planning is in place. 
The Nomination Committee Report 
on pages 80 and 81 contains 
more detailed information on the 
Committee’s activity during the year. 
Disclosure Committee 
The Disclosure Committee is chaired 
by Domenic De Lorenzo and its 
other members during the year 
were Tim Warrillow and Andrew 
Branchflower. Clare Swindell took 
over from Bill Ronald following the 
AGM. The Disclosure Committee 
supports the Board in overseeing 
the Group’s compliance with its 
disclosure obligations taking advice 
from internal and external advisers 
as appropriate.
The Disclosure Committee 
is responsible for reviewing 
and approving the release of 
announcements by Fever-Tree 
on an ad hoc basis, where such 
announcements have not been 
approved by the Board. Further, 
the Committee has been established 
to keep disclosure procedures at the 
Group under periodic review. 
Board and Committee 
meetings 
The Board meets regularly to help 
ensure it discharges its duties 
effectively. Non-Executive Directors 
communicate directly with the Chair, 
Executive Directors and senior 
management between formal Board 
meetings. The Board has a schedule 
of regular business, financial and 
operational matters, and each Board 
Committee has compiled a schedule 
of work, to ensure that all areas for 
which the Board has responsibility 
are addressed and reviewed during 
the course of the year. 
The Board held six scheduled Board 
meetings during the year. Directors are 
expected to attend all relevant Board 
and Committee meetings. In addition, 
the Board undertook a dedicated 
strategy trip to Milan in October 
2023, which included in depth reviews 
of Group strategy and budgets, as well 
as a deep dive on the Italian market, 
a series of customer visits and a 
meeting with our local distributor. 
The table below sets out attendance 
at all Board and Committee 
meetings held during the year 
to 31 December 2023. 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED
Name 
Board 
Audit 
Remuneration 
Nomination 
Disclosure 
Bill Ronald 
3/3 
– 
 – 
– 
1/1 
Tim Warrillow 
6/6 
 – 
 – 
– 
2/2 
Andrew Branchflower 
6/6 
– 
– 
– 
2/2 
Domenic De Lorenzo 
6/6 
 1/1
3/3 
2/2 
2/2 
Coline McConville1 
5/6 
3/4
2/3 
1/2
– 
Kevin Havelock 
6/6 
4/4
3/3 
2/2 
– 
Jeff Popkin2 
6/6 
3/4
 
2/2 
– 
Laura Hagan 
6/6 
4/4
3/3 
2/2 
– 
Clare Swindell 
3/3 
3/3 
2/2 
2/2 
1/1 
1.	 Coline McConville missed one session of three meetings, plus one separate committee meeting, due to 
unavoidable prior commitments. 
2.	 Jeff Popkin missed one committee meeting due to an unavoidable prior commitment. 
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
78

Development 
When new Directors join the Board 
a formal, rigorous and transparent 
induction programme takes place, 
which is tailored to their existing 
knowledge and experience. This 
year the Board ensured that Clare 
Swindell met with the wider executive 
team, relevant advisers including our 
Auditor, and was given access to a 
wide range of documents to enable 
her to get up to speed quickly. 
The Company Secretary ensures 
that all Directors are kept abreast of 
changes in relevant legislation and 
regulations, with the assistance of the 
Group’s other professional advisers 
where appropriate. 
Executive Directors are subject to the 
Group’s performance development 
review process, through which their 
performance against predetermined 
objectives is reviewed by the Chair 
and their personal and professional 
development needs considered. 
Non‑Executive Directors are 
encouraged to raise any personal 
development or training needs with 
the Chair or through the Board 
evaluation process. 
Information and Support 
The Chair, aided by the Company 
Secretary, is responsible for ensuring 
that the Directors receive accurate and 
timely information. The Company 
Secretary compiles the Board and 
Committee papers which are circulated 
to Directors one week prior to 
meetings. The Company Secretary 
also ensures that any feedback or 
suggestions for improvement on Board 
papers are fed back to management. 
Directors have access to independent 
professional advice at the Group’s 
expense. In addition, they have 
access to the advice and services 
of the Company Secretary who is 
responsible for advice on corporate 
governance matters to the Board. The 
Company Secretary provides minutes 
of each meeting, and every Director 
is aware of the right to have any 
concerns minuted. 
Evaluation 
Each year the Board carries out 
an evaluation process. As well 
as reflecting during the year on 
items raised by the 2022 external 
evaluation, an internal evaluation 
of the Board took place in 2023, 
conducted by the Chair and Company 
Secretary. Overall feedback was 
positive, particularly on the Board’s 
cohesive and collegiate ways of 
working, the Board’s representation 
of the Fever-Tree culture, and the 
Board’s understanding and leadership 
of the wider Fever-Tree business, 
including ESG and DE&I initiatives. 
Topics raised and considered 
for evolution in 2024 included 
renewed focus on Board diversity 
and succession planning, and how 
information is presented and time 
allocated within agendas. 
In addition, the Senior Independent 
Director met informally with the 
other Non-Executive Directors to 
evaluate the Chair’s performance. 
Feedback, which was positive, was 
shared by the Senior Independent 
Director with the Chair. 
Annual General Meeting 
The Annual General Meeting of 
the Company will take place on 
6 June 2024. The Notice of Annual 
General Meeting and the ordinary 
and special resolutions to be put to 
the meeting can be found on pages 
151 to 157. In accordance with the 
Code, all Directors will be submitted 
for re-election at the Annual 
General Meeting.
Board Effectiveness 
The Board continuously evaluates 
the balance of skills, experience, 
knowledge and independence of the 
Directors. The Board scrutinises 
its performance through an annual 
effectiveness review, on which more 
detail is provided below. Profiles of the 
skills and experience of the Directors 
are included in their biographical 
details on pages 74 and 75.
Appointments to the Board 
The Nomination Committee leads the 
process for the appointment of new 
Directors to the Board. Pages 80 and 
81 set out more detailed information 
on the Nomination Committee, 
its role and principal activities during 
the financial year. 
Commitment 
All Directors have been advised of 
the time required to fulfil the role 
prior to appointment and were asked 
to confirm that they can make the 
required commitment before they 
were appointed. 
This requirement is also included 
in their letters of appointment. The 
Board is satisfied that the Chair and 
each of the Non-Executive Directors 
are able to devote sufficient time to 
the Group’s business. 
In the appropriate circumstances, 
the Board may authorise Executive 
Directors to take Non-Executive 
positions in other companies and 
organisations, provided the time 
commitment does not conflict 
with the Director’s duties to the 
Company, since such appointments 
should broaden their experience. 
The acceptance of appointment 
to such positions is subject to the 
approval of the Chair. Currently, 
the Executive Directors do not have 
any external appointments. 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
79

Members of the 
Nomination Committee
During the year, the Committee 
consisted of myself, Coline McConville, 
Laura Hagan, Kevin Havelock, 
Jeff Popkin and Clare Swindell. 
Bill Ronald left the Committee on his 
retirement from the Board following 
the AGM in May 2023. All current 
members are independent. Although 
only members of the Committee have 
the right to attend meetings, other 
individuals, such as other board 
members and external advisers, 
may be invited to attend for all or 
part of any meeting. 
The Nomination Committee met 
formally twice during 2023 with 
all members present apart from 
one unavoidable apology, and also 
on an ad hoc basis when required. 
Duties 
The Committee’s principal duties 
are to: 
•	 monitor the structure, size and 
composition (including the 
skills, knowledge, experience and 
diversity) of the Board and make 
recommendations to the Board 
with regard to any changes; 
•	 give full consideration to succession 
planning for directors and other 
senior executives in the course 
of its work, taking into account 
the challenges and opportunities 
facing the Group, and the skills 
and expertise needed on the Board 
in the future; 
•	 keep under review the leadership 
needs of the organisation, both 
executive and non-executive, 
with a view to ensuring the 
continued ability of the organisation 
to compete effectively in the 
marketplace; 
•	 keep up to date and fully informed 
about strategic issues and 
commercial changes affecting the 
group and the market in which 
it operates; and 
•	 be responsible for identifying 
and nominating candidates to fill 
board vacancies as and when they 
arise, for the ultimate approval 
of the Board. 
The Committee’s full Terms of 
Reference are available on our 
website. They are regularly reviewed 
to ensure they follow best practice. 
Below is a summary of the 
Committee’s principal activities 
undertaken during the year. 
Ways of Working and 
Evaluation 
One of the Committee’s first activities 
of the year was to review it and the 
Board’s ways of working following the 
appointment of a new Chair to the 
Board and new Chairs of all of the 
Committees. Following a constructive 
discussion, some opportunities for 
evolution were identified, which are 
being implemented currently. Later 
in the year, we also carried out an 
internal evaluation of the Board, 
building on our successful external 
evaluation in 2022. Further details 
of that are set out on page 79.
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the 
Nomination Committee report for the year ended 
31 December 2023.
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
Committee 
Composition
Domenic De 
Lorenzo (Chair 
of Committee)
Clare Swindell
Kevin Havelock
David Lapp
Jeff Popkin
Laura Hagan
80
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023

Appointments and 
Succession Planning 
The Committee oversaw the processes 
to fill two vacancies, created by Bill 
Ronald’s and Coline McConville’s 
retirement respectively. In both 
instances we worked with our 
independent adviser, Spencer Stuart. 
As already announced, following 
comprehensive processes which 
yielded two fantastic shortlists, we 
were delighted to welcome first Clare 
Swindell and later David Lapp to 
the Board, having joined us directly 
following the AGM, and on 1 January 
2024, respectively. Clare and David 
bring strong and relevant experience 
to our group, built on long and 
distinguished executive careers. 
As explained above, the Committee 
is also responsible for considering 
succession planning of directors 
and senior executives, recognising 
that robust succession plans are 
fundamental to the long-term 
prospects of the business, as well as 
important for maintaining Fever-
Tree’s fantastic culture. This topic 
was covering in detail at one of our 
sessions in 2023, with valuable 
input from our CEO and Chief 
People Officer. Even allowing for the 
Group’s relatively small headcount, 
we were thrilled to see several 
internal promotions to senior roles 
during the year, and as a Committee 
we continue to be impressed by the 
calibre of internal talent and our next 
generation of potential leaders. 
Diversity 
As a Board we continue to believe that 
we have an excellent mixture of talent, 
experience, industry expertise, regional 
knowledge, character, judgement and 
diversity of background, which has 
produced a strong chemistry and an 
environment that is both appropriately 
challenging and supportive. 
As a Committee we continue 
to be impressed by the calibre 
of internal talent.”
Domenic De Lorenzo
Nomination Committee Chair
This belief has been extended by the 
impact we know we can expect from 
our two newest appointments. 
We recognise the value of increased 
diversity in multiple areas at 
Board level in achieving our 
strategic objectives and in driving 
innovation and growth. Whilst Board 
appointments will continue to be 
based on merit and relevant skill, the 
Directors appreciate that different 
backgrounds, experiences and 
opinions can promote more balanced 
and nuanced debate and lead to 
improved decisions. Two changes 
during 2023 have left our Board at 
25% female representation and we 
acknowledge a need to evolve our 
Board accordingly over time. 
At employee level, 2023 was a very 
positive year for our global DE&I 
Committee, which met multiple 
times and continues to evolve. 
The Committee has taken on 
new leadership in the form of our 
Technology Director, Kate Stables. 
The Committee is then sponsored 
by our Chief People Officer and 
Company Secretary, with a regular 
reporting line to the Board. 2023 
saw events held to celebrate multiple 
events, including International 
Women’s Day, Black History Month, 
Diwali and more. The Committee is 
supported by four working groups, 
with a wide menu of plans for 2024. 
We are also expanding unconscious 
bias training to all managers to 
promote diversity in hiring. 
As at 1 January 2024, the 
gender balance of those in senior 
management positions and their 
direct reports was 61% male and 39% 
female (FY22: 60:40). If we expand 
that to all managers in the business, 
the split is 47% male and 53% female 
(FY22 49:51). 
This shows us that we have a 
strong female talent pool to further 
identify potential and develop into 
the senior management positions, 
which alongside a focus on inclusive 
recruitment processes, and other 
DE&I committee plans, should 
allow us to balance gender in the 
organisation. We are looking to 
identify targets and timelines to 
achieve improved balance over the 
course of the next year. 
Fever-Tree adopts an Equal 
Opportunities Policy, which aims to 
develop and sustain a diverse and 
inclusive workforce, including with 
regards to gender, age, expertise, 
nationality, sexual orientation, 
experience and otherwise. 
Employee engagement 
The Committee was briefed by our 
Chief People Officer on the results 
of the 2023 employee engagement 
survey, where the Company achieved 
a ‘very good’ to work for score. 
The Committee were impressed 
with both the result and also, just 
as importantly, the commentary 
from the Executive on plans to 
improve employee engagement 
moving forwards. 
Nomination Committee 
in 2024 
The Committee is scheduled to meet 
at least twice in 2024, continuing the 
good work of 2023. 
Domenic De Lorenzo 
Nomination Committee Chair 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
81
Governance

Other members of the Audit 
Committee during the year were 
Domenic De Lorenzo (Chair until 
25 May 2023, at which point he 
was appointed Chair of the Board of 
Directors and so stood down from the 
Committee), Coline McConville, Kevin 
Havelock, Jeff Popkin and Laura 
Hagan, each of whom is independent. 
The Chair of the Board, the Chief 
Executive Officer, the Chief Financial 
Officer, the Company Secretary, the 
Group Finance Director, the Head 
of Internal Audit and the external 
Auditor, BDO, regularly attend 
meetings of the Committee. The 
Audit Committee Chair met with 
BDO, the Chief Financial Officer and 
the Head of Internal Audit regularly 
during the year. There is ongoing 
engagement with BDO to ensure that 
their views, opinions, and comments 
are reflected within the Committee’s 
deliberations and dealings. The 
Committee met four times during this 
year, with full attendance apart from 
Coline McConville and Jeff Popkin 
each missing one session due to 
unavoidable prior commitments.
The Board has satisfied itself that the 
membership of the Audit Committee 
includes at least one Director 
with recent and relevant financial 
experience and that the committee as 
a whole has competence in the sector 
in which the company operates. See 
pages 74 and 75 for details of the 
relevant experience of Directors. 
The Audit Committee is committed 
to continuing to focus on fulfilling 
our duties effectively and to a high 
standard, providing the necessary 
independent oversight with the 
support of management and the 
external auditors. 
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present my 
first Audit Committee report for the year ending 
31 December 2023.
During the year, the Audit Committee 
continued to implement the 
recommendations from the 2022 
external Board evaluation, including 
increasing the number of Audit 
Committee meetings held to four 
per year, and holding an annual 
Board session to review key individual 
risks. A separate internal Audit 
Committee effectiveness review is 
planned for early 2024 to assess 
current performance. 
Role, objectives and duties 
of the Audit Committee
The Audit Committee assists the 
Board in fulfilling its oversight 
responsibilities. The role of the 
Audit Committee is to:
•	 monitor and review the integrity and 
adequacy of the Group’s financial 
statements and reporting, including 
any significant financial reporting 
judgements contained in them;
•	 advise on whether the Group’s 
financial statements and public 
disclosures, when taken as a 
whole, are fair, balanced and 
understandable, and enable 
shareholders to assess the 
Company’s position, performance, 
business model and strategy;
•	 review the adequacy and effectiveness 
of the Group’s internal financial 
control, audit and risk management 
processes, business viability, 
whistleblowing, integrity and policy 
breach allegation investigations; and 
•	 oversee the appointment, 
performance, independence, 
and remuneration of the 
external Auditor, and make 
recommendations to the Board 
on these topics. 
Committee 
Composition
Clare Swindell
(Chair of Committee)
Kevin Havelock
Jeff Popkin
Laura Hagan
This report summarises the 
Committee’s objectives, role and 
responsibilities and discusses our key 
activities during this financial year. 
Membership and 
effectiveness 
I joined the Board of Fever-Tree 
on 25 May 2023 following the 
conclusion of the AGM, succeeding 
Domenic De Lorenzo as Chair of 
the Audit Committee.
David Lapp
82
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023

Key activities of the Audit Committee in this 
financial year
The key activities of the Audit Committee are summarised in the table 
below:
Audit Committee role
Principal outputs review
Actions
Oversight of 
financial and 
corporate 
reporting
•	 All external 
financial reporting, 
including:
	
– Trading updates
	
– Interim and 
preliminary 
results 
	
– Annual Report 
and consolidated 
financial 
statements
•	 Compliance with accounting 
standards/policies and relevant 
regulation
•	 Review of material areas of 
accounting judgement and 
estimation
•	 Review on the ‘quality of reported 
earnings’
•	 Evaluation of the carrying value of 
material assets and liabilities
•	 ‘Fair, balanced and understandable’ 
review of the interim results 
statement and the annual report 
and related disclosures
Internal 
control 
and audit 
•	 Internal Audit 
plan and reports
•	 Control testing 
results
•	 Policy breaches 
and whistleblowing 
reports
•	 Approval of annual Internal 
Audit plan and reports
•	 Monitoring of Internal Audit 
effectiveness and independence
•	 Review of effectiveness of overall 
internal control environment
•	 Review of financial system IT 
controls
•	 Assessment of IT and major 
project controls
Risk 
management 
process
•	 Risk framework 
and appetite
•	 Emerging and 
principal risks
•	 Approval of risk strategy
•	 Review of effectiveness of risk 
management process 
External 
Audit
•	 External Audit 
plan and report
•	 Auditor 
independence 
and non-audit 
work review
•	 Terms of 
engagement 
and fees
•	 Key audit issues and 
recommendations
•	 Approval of External Auditor’s 
plan and report
•	 Review of key Audit findings, 
insights and recommendations 
•	 Audit performance and effectiveness 
review including fee proposal
•	 Approval of independence statement 
and any non-audit work
•	 Review of recommendations on 
Annual Report disclosures
•	 Review of recommendations on 
internal control environment
During the year, the Committee 
discharged its role with regard to all 
of the above with no significant issues 
arising. In addition, the Committee 
has continued to place emphasis on 
the Group’s approach to risk appetite 
and mitigations, especially regarding 
principal and emerging risks. 
In light of the ongoing elevated global 
business volatility, the Committee 
has, in this financial year, continued 
to focus on risks relating to supply 
chain disruption and business 
continuity, cyber security and IT 
system development, environmental 
risk including climate change, talent 
retention and development, and the 
Group’s financial control environment.
The main responsibilities of the Audit 
Committee are set out in its Terms 
of Reference, which are available on 
the Group’s website (www.fever-tree.
com) and are available on request 
from the Company Secretary. The 
Committee’s terms of reference are 
reviewed regularly and will next 
be updated in March 2024. The 
Committee reports to the Board on its 
activities, identifying any key issues 
including recommendations as to the 
steps to be taken and on how it has 
discharged its responsibilities. 
Financial and corporate 
reporting
During the financial year, the 
Committee reviewed the Annual Report 
and the associated preliminary results 
announcement, and the interim results 
announcement, including the interim 
financial statements, focusing on:
•	 key areas of judgement and 
complexity; 
•	 critical accounting policies; 
The Audit Committee, together 
with management, continue to 
monitor and evaluate potential 
future regulatory changes.”
Clare Swindell
Audit Committee Chair
Overview
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
83
Governance

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
•	 the nature and size of any one off 
or abnormal items impacting the 
quality of earnings or cashflows; 
•	 the adequacy and accuracy of 
financial disclosures; 
•	 the viability and going concern 
assessments of the Group; and
•	 adequacy and movements in key 
provisions including taxation and 
any changes required in these areas 
or policies. 
The Audit Committee worked 
with management, and considered 
the work of the external Auditor 
on the above matters to ensure 
suitable positions were reached. 
The Committee did not uncover any 
material issues or concerns regarding 
the above matters. 
In accordance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, a key focus of the 
Committee is to assess whether the 
Annual Report and annual financial 
statements are ‘fair, balanced 
and understandable’. This topic 
is considered with regards to all 
financial statements. The Committee 
has also recently considered guidance 
received from the FRC on the subject 
and taken recommendations from 
the external Auditor. The Committee 
has recommended to the Board 
that the Annual Report and annual 
financial statements are ‘fair, 
balanced and understandable’. 
Effectiveness of the Group’s 
internal control systems and 
risk management process
The Group continues to review its 
system of financial and operating 
internal controls to ensure compliance 
with best practice, whilst also having 
regard to its size and the resources 
available. The Audit Committee 
receives regular reports from the Chief 
Financial Officer, the Finance Director 
and the Head of Internal Audit on 
internal audits, control assurance 
work, policy breaches (if any), actions 
taken to improve control design and 
effectiveness, and the development of 
automated financial controls. 
During the year, the Head of Internal 
Audit worked alongside KPMG 
within a co-source model to deliver 
the Internal Audit plan. The plan 
this year continued to build on 
the progress achieved last year in 
integrating and embedding internal 
audit into the organisation. The 
Internal Audit function’s primary 
activities included: 
•	 a review of Accounts Receivable 
Insurance Protocols; 
•	 a review of the governance, risk 
management, and reporting 
processes in relation to material 
ESG risks; and 
•	 a high level assessment of the 
maturity of the risk management 
framework, processes and controls 
in relation to fraud and bribery.
The last item was particularly 
relevant given the introduction of 
the ‘failure to prevent fraud offence’ 
into UK law via the Economic Crime 
and Corporate Transparency Act late 
in 2023. The Board, and Fever-Tree 
as a whole, have a zero-tolerance 
approach to fraud and bribery, and 
this assessment helped to ensure our 
controls were appropriate to support 
that commitment.
The Audit Committee assesses the 
effectiveness of Internal Audit by 
reviewing its annual audit plan at the 
start of the financial year, monitoring 
its ongoing performance throughout 
the year, and assessing completion 
rates and feedback provided following 
completion of the annual audit plan. 
Having carried out this assessment, 
the Audit Committee is of the 
view that the quality, experience 
and expertise of the function is 
appropriate for the business. The 
Audit Committee agreed with the 
recommendation to continue with a 
co-source model with KPMG as our 
partner for the next financial year and 
the Audit Committee has reviewed 
and approved the internal audit plan 
for the upcoming financial year.
The Committee notes that BDO 
obtained an understanding of the 
Group’s internal controls for the 
purposes of forming their audit 
opinion as set out on pages 108 
to 114.
 
No significant deficiencies in our 
internal controls were reported by the 
external Auditor, nor reported to the 
Audit Committee. The Committee 
reports no material breaches to policy 
including Treasury and Tax during 
this financial year.
The Group has in place a 
whistleblowing policy which sets 
out the formal process by which 
an employee of the Group may, 
in confidence, raise concerns 
about possible improprieties in 
financial reporting or other matters. 
Whistleblowing is a standing item 
on the Committee’s agenda, and 
updates are provided at each meeting. 
During the year, there were no major 
incidents for consideration. 
The Audit Committee, under 
delegated authority from the Board, 
oversees the effectiveness of the 
Group’s risk management framework. 
The Board is accountable for the 
effective identification and evaluation 
of risks for the Group and reviewing 
the controls in place to mitigate any 
potential adverse impacts.
Each functional area of the Group 
is tasked with monitoring emerging 
or changing risks in their field. 
This includes the formation of 
sub-committees for particular risks 
that meet regularly to monitor 
trends and challenge the impact of 
mitigation efforts relating to that 
risk. The output of these processes is 
subject to periodic review with the 
executive directors and internal Risk 
Committee, and is reported back 
to the Board regularly throughout 
the year. Each risk is independently 
quantified against set criterion, 
considering both the likelihood 
of occurrence and the potential 
impact on the Group both before 
and after the application of controls 
and mitigations. These assessments 
are recorded in the Group’s Key 
Risk Register, formed of our most 
significant risks from across the 
entire business. This register is finally 
reviewed, challenged and then ratified 
by the Board on a periodic basis.
In addition, the Board receives 
presentations from different 
departments within the Group on 
an ongoing basis to keep the Board 
informed on strategic and operational 
performance and the controls in place 
to mitigate risks faced by the Group. 
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
84

The Board met with senior finance 
and operational management during 
the year to go through certain key 
risks and to review the mitigation 
actions in place. Areas of specific 
focus included a review of: 
•	 the approach to managing product 
quality and mitigating brand, product 
liability and product recall risk in a 
global, outsourced business model;
•	 the process for consideration of 
emerging macro risks including 
building the scenario planning 
capability internally to understand 
the wider impacts of significant 
macro events (such as conflict, 
regulation, environmental changes), 
and how to mitigate any exposures;
•	 the approach to ensuring an ethically 
compliant supply chain; and
•	 current strategic and operational 
transformation initiatives, 
including technology and internal 
controls enhancements. 
These meetings are a key part of the risk 
management process. The Board were 
impressed with the content provided, 
and no major issues were raised.
During the year the Audit Committee 
also reviewed and approved the 
processes for identifying, evaluating 
and managing the principal and 
emerging business risks that the 
Group faces, including those that 
would threaten the Group’s business 
model, competitive position, 
reputation and future performance. 
We have continued to develop our risk 
management processes, specifically 
considering the current highly 
volatile global political and economic 
environment, to ensure that they 
remain relevant resulting in a particular 
focus this year on product quality, 
social-ethical supply chain and scenario 
planning for emerging macro risks. 
On this basis, the Audit Committee 
is satisfied that it has carried out a 
robust assessment of Fever-Tree’s risk 
management process and internal 
control systems. It is emphasised that 
the objective of these processes is to 
manage, rather than eliminate the risk 
of failure to achieve business objectives. 
Accordingly, they can only provide 
reasonable, but not absolute, assurance 
against material misstatement or loss. 
External audit 
independence and 
effectiveness 
During the year, the Audit Committee 
reviewed the external audit plan 
and the findings of the external 
Auditor from its audit of the 
consolidated financial statements. 
The Audit Committee assesses the 
ongoing effectiveness and quality 
of the external Auditor and audit 
process through several methods, 
commencing with a review of the 
detailed audit plan presented to 
the Audit Committee at the start of 
the audit cycle. The key audit risks 
identified by BDO were reviewed 
by the Committee and the work 
performed by the Auditor was used to 
test management’s assumptions and 
estimates relating to such risks. 
The effectiveness of the audit process 
in addressing these matters was 
assessed through reports presented by 
the Auditor to the Audit Committee 
which were discussed by the 
Committee. No major areas of concern 
were highlighted by the Auditor 
during the current financial year.
Following completion of the 
external audit process, feedback on 
its effectiveness was provided through 
review meetings with the Group’s 
finance team and management in 
advance of management and the 
Auditor providing assessments of 
Auditor effectiveness and quality 
to the Audit Committee for 
consideration. This year, the overall 
performance of the Auditor was 
assessed as satisfactory. 
In relation to the provision of non-
audit services, the Auditor is precluded 
from engaging in services that would 
compromise its independence or 
violate any professional requirements 
or regulations affecting its 
appointment as auditor. Any non-audit 
services proposed to be provided by the 
external Auditor require justification 
as to why such appointment is in the 
best interests of the Group and how 
independence would be safeguarded, 
and above a certain de minimis 
fee level, require approval by the 
Committee. BDO did not provide non-
audit services to the Group in 2023. 
The breakdown of the external 
auditor’s fees between audit and 
non-audit services as approved by 
the Committee is provided in note 5 
of the Group’s consolidated financial 
statements. On the basis that no fees 
were charged for non-audit services, 
the Committee is satisfied with the 
Auditor’s independence, and will keep 
this under review moving forwards.
As part of their normal cycle of 
reviews, the Financial Reporting 
Council (‘FRC’) completed a review of 
the 31 December 2022 annual report. 
Overall the findings of the review were 
positive, with limited improvements 
required. There were no key 
findings, with minor improvements 
recommended on a small number 
of specific areas, namely Alternative 
Performance Metrics and minor 
enhancements to disclosures in the 
areas of revenue, lease liabilities and 
critical accounting estimates. These 
recommendations were implemented 
during this audit cycle.
Looking ahead
The Audit Committee, together with 
management, continue to monitor and 
evaluate potential future regulatory 
changes. These include proposed 
reforms to the UK audit and corporate 
governance regimes, requirements 
concerning the assurance of non-
financial information, increased 
disclosure requirements in respect 
of internal controls and provision of 
consistent and reliable information on 
ESG, including specifically climate-
related information. A number of these 
proposed regulatory changes were 
withdrawn during the year however, we 
note the publication of the updated UK 
Corporate Governance Code in January 
2024. In order to continue to deliver on 
the expectations of our stakeholders for 
transparent, high quality and relevant 
reporting, management, under the 
supervision of the Committee, will 
recommend and implement a number 
of changes in its approach to external 
reporting over the coming years. These 
will be reported on in due course and 
when appropriate.
Clare Swindell
Audit Committee Chair
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
85

This is my first report as 
Remuneration Committee Chair, 
and I would like to thank Coline 
McConville for her stewardship of the 
Committee since IPO in 2014.
Fever-Tree is listed on the Alternative 
Investment Market (AIM) and 
therefore provides these remuneration 
disclosures on a voluntary basis. As 
such, the charts and tables included 
here are unaudited, but, in general, 
our disclosures have been prepared in 
accordance with best practice for an 
AIM company of our size.
2023 was a challenging year for 
many businesses and Fever-Tree was 
not immune from the impact of the 
tough macro economic environment 
and inflationary headwinds. However 
the brand continued to make good 
progress in 2023 growing market 
share across all its key markets, 
particularly in the US. The increasing 
diversification of the portfolio has 
ensured that the brand remains the 
clear market leader in the UK and 
has also allowed us to capture growth 
opportunities across the US, Europe 
and Rest of the World. The Group 
delivered revenue growth of 6% to 
£364.4m and adjusted EBITDA for 
the full year of £30.5m. Whilst the 
Group’s gross margin was materially 
affected by the impact of elevated 
European energy costs on glass bottle 
costs, alongside wider inflationary 
pressures, the Group took proactive 
steps to mitigate the impact of these 
headwinds and these operational 
efficiencies alongside a reduction 
in inflationary cost pressures saw a 
significant improvement in EBITDA 
in the second half of the year which is 
expected to continue in 2024. 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
Annual bonus and long-term 
incentive payouts based on 
performance in 2023
For the year under review, annual 
bonuses were based 60% on turnover, 
20% on adjusted EBITDA and 
20% on a scorecard of strategic 
measures, including innovation 
and margin improvement as well as 
environmental and sustainability 
measures. The performance targets 
were set to be stretching in the 
context of the external environment, 
ensuring that the maximum pay out 
would only be achieved if exceptional 
performance was delivered. 
Revenue for 2023 was £364.4m. 
Despite this representing c.6% 
growth on 2022, performance was 
below the threshold target set for 
the annual bonus. Adjusted EBITDA 
performance of £30.5m was also 
below threshold. Overall, therefore, 
there is no annual bonus pay-out in 
respect of the financial performance 
measures for 2023. The Committee 
considered performance against the 
strategic and ESG objectives and 
noted the significant positive progress 
in the year, in particular in relation 
to the diversification of the portfolio 
via successful innovation initiatives, 
the measures taken to improve 
adjusted EBITDA margin including 
via improved productivity and 
efficiency, and the continued progress 
against the Group’s sustainability 
strategy. Overall, it was determined 
that the strategic and ESG element 
would pay out at 100% of maximum, 
resulting in an overall bonus of 20% 
of maximum. Further details of 
performance outcomes are provided 
on page 99.
Committee 
Composition
Laura Hagan
(Chair of Committee)
Kevin Havelock
David Lapp
Clare Swindell
Domenic De Lorenzo
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the 2023 Directors’ 
Remuneration Report, which sets out the remuneration paid to the 
Directors in 2023 and the remuneration approach for 2024.
86
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023

The 2021 LTIP awards are due 
to vest in April 2024 following 
the completion of the three-year 
performance period to the end of 
2023. 2021 was the first year in 
which awards consisted of a ‘core’ 
LTIP award based 75% on turnover 
and 25% on adjusted EBITDA, and 
an additional award based 100% on 
international revenue growth targets 
which was designed to continue to 
incentivise the continued expansion 
of our international business. The 
targets were set, taking into account 
internal and external reference points, 
to be stretching with regard to our 
strategic priorities and the economic 
environment at the time. For the 
‘core’ LTIP award, revenue and 
adjusted EBITDA performance was 
below threshold, meaning this part 
of the award will lapse in full. For the 
additional LTIP award, international 
revenue growth was also below 
threshold, meaning this part of the 
award will lapse in full. 
The Committee did not exercise 
any discretion in relation to the 
above outcomes. 
Remuneration 
arrangements for 2024
Since Fever-Tree’s IPO in November 
2014, executive remuneration has 
been structured slightly differently 
from typical UK market practice, 
with lower base salaries and higher 
long-term incentive opportunities, 
primarily reflecting the high-
growth nature of the business. 
The Committee periodically 
reviews the remuneration approach 
to ensure that it remains fit for 
purpose, and for a number of years 
has debated when the best time to 
rebalance towards a more market 
aligned approach would be. This 
included three years ago, when it 
was ultimately determined that the 
additional LTIP award should be 
introduced to further incentivise the 
growth of the international business. 
While remaining growth-focused, 
Fever-Tree is an established business 
with high-performing and highly 
sought-after Executive Directors. The 
Committee therefore believes now is 
the right time to adopt an updated 
remuneration approach which 
appropriately rewards our Executive 
Directors while continuing to 
incentivise operational performance 
and the creation of long-term value 
for all stakeholders. 
In this context, the Committee is 
proposing several changes to the 
executive remuneration framework 
for 2024. These include: 
•	 No material increase in overall 
quantum at maximum, but a 
re-balancing of the remuneration 
framework, with an increase in 
salary for both Executive Directors 
and the removal of the additional 
award under the LTIP. 
Our Executive Directors are 
high-performing, experienced 
professionals with a deep 
knowledge of the business, and 
their skills and experience in 
leading a fast-growing business 
are highly sought-after. 
The Committee therefore believes 
that it is important to provide 
them with a competitive level of 
fixed pay and as such base salaries 
are being increased to £565,000 
(+28%) and £385,000 (+35%) for 
the CEO and CFO, respectively. 
In determining salary positioning, 
the Committee undertook an 
extensive review of market 
practice, with multiple reference 
points considered to reflect the 
complexity of the business and 
growth and brand and geographical 
development experienced since 
IPO. Salaries have been positioned 
at the market mid-point taking 
into account the various reference 
points. The Committee believes this 
positioning is appropriate taking 
into account the size, complexity 
and increasingly global nature 
of the organisation as well as the 
experience and skills of our talented 
Executive Directors.
Considering this increase in 
salary, the additional LTIP award 
will be removed from 2024 and 
the maximum LTIP opportunity 
therefore reduced from 450% 
to 300% of salary. International 
revenue growth, which has been 
the focus of the additional LTIP 
award, remains a critical part 
of the forward-looking strategy. 
However, over the last three years, 
there has been a step-change 
in the international business, 
with international revenue now 
accounting for broadly two-
thirds of total revenue. It is 
therefore no longer considered 
necessary to separately incentivise 
international revenue growth as 
this is fully captured within overall 
Group revenue, which will continue 
to be included as a key performance 
measure in both the annual bonus 
and LTIP going forward. 
This is my first report as 
Remuneration Committee Chair, 
and I would like to thank Coline 
McConville for her stewardship 
of the Committee since IPO.”
Laura Hagan
Remuneration Committee Chair
Overview
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
87
Governance

Notwithstanding the rebalancing, 
the remuneration framework 
remains weighted towards the 
long-term, with maximum 
remuneration levels only 
available for performance against 
stretching long-term targets. The 
Committee will continue to set 
targets commensurate with the 
opportunity available. 
Overall, as a result of this re-
balancing, there is no material 
increase in total compensation at 
maximum, and the Committee 
is comfortable that the overall 
package is appropriately positioned 
considering the experience and 
performance of the Executive 
Directors and that it will continue to 
incentivise management to deliver 
our growth focused business strategy.
•	 Re-balancing of the annual 
bonus performance framework 
to acknowledge that alongside 
top-line growth, the continued 
delivery of expected margins is a 
key priority for the business. The 
weighting of adjusted EBITDA in 
the annual bonus has therefore 
been increased from 20% to 30%, 
with a corresponding reduction in 
the weighting of revenue from 60% 
to 50%. 
Revenue and adjusted EBITDA are 
considered by the Board to be the 
most important key performance 
indicators for Fever-Tree, and 
they are well-aligned with both 
Fever-Tree’s short- and long-term 
strategy. Fever-Tree continues 
to operate in a segment which is 
attractive to new entrants, and 
it is therefore critical to drive 
market penetration and consequent 
revenue growth as fast as possible. 
This remains a key focus for the 
business at the current time, and 
why revenue continues to be the 
focus within our incentives. The 
upweighting of adjusted EBITDA, 
however, recognises that Fever-Tree 
is now a more established business 
and also reflects feedback received 
from some shareholders.
In addition, the non-financial 
element of the annual bonus 
(weighted at 20%) will focus on 
strategic priorities which will aim to 
have a positive in-year and long-
term impact on profitability and 
value creation. For 2024, this will 
include items linked to new product 
development and innovation, 
route to market optimisation and 
production capabilities.
In light of the continued market 
uncertainty we have reduced the 
payout for threshold performance 
to 10% of the maximum annual 
bonus opportunity (down from 
25%). 50% of the bonus will 
continue to be paid for target 
levels of performance with 100% 
paying out at maximum levels 
of performance.
•	 Introduction of an ESG metric 
within the LTIP, with a weighting 
of 10%. Sustainability is core 
to our forward-looking strategy 
– our authentic and ambitious 
approach to sustainability 
provides a clear point of difference 
for customers and consumers 
alike, demonstrating that we 
are considered a brand with 
a conscience. The Committee 
therefore considers the 
introduction of an ESG metric 
within the LTIP important in 
supporting the delivery of our 
long-term sustainability agenda. 
For 2024, the LTIP will therefore 
be based 70% on Group revenue, 
20% on adjusted EBITDA and 10% 
on ESG measures (previously split 
only between revenue and adjusted 
EBITDA with the additional LTIP 
based on international revenue). 
Targets set for this metric will be 
tangible and measurable over the 
respective three-year LTIP period. 
For 2024, ESG performance will 
be assessed against a scorecard of 
sustainability measures tied to our 
five Sustainability branches and our 
KPIs as set out in the Sustainability 
Review starting on page 32.
The Committee believes that the 
above changes to our remuneration 
framework are necessary to 
appropriately reward our Executive 
Directors, while continuing 
to incentivise the delivery of 
operational performance and long-
term value creation. 
The Committee consulted with 
shareholders representing c.65% 
of our share capital on these 
arrangements, and I am grateful 
to all those who participated for 
their thoughtful and helpful input. 
The majority of shareholders 
consulted were supportive of the 
proposed changes to reposition our 
remuneration including increasing 
base salaries to around the market 
mid-point compared to other 
companies of a similar size and 
complexity, to reward our exceptional 
executive directors, and support their 
on-going retention. 
Shareholders provided feedback 
on some of the structural features 
of our remuneration arrangements 
and performance measures which 
the Committee carefully considered. 
Following feedback received during 
the consultation, we have decided to 
increase our shareholding guidelines 
for the Executive Directors to 
300% of salary (currently 200% of 
base salary) to enhance alignment 
with shareholders and to support 
sustainable long-term decision 
making. We will report on progress 
against this next year. 
Laura Hagan
Remuneration Committee Chair
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
CHAIR’S STATEMENT
Closing remarks
Fever-Tree continues to be 
a growth-focused business 
with a performance-oriented 
culture. The Committee aims 
to continue to foster and 
encourage this culture through 
its approach to remuneration. 
This is the seventh year that the 
Committee has voluntarily put 
the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report to a shareholder advisory 
vote, reflecting shareholders’ 
expectations in this area and 
the Remuneration Committee’s 
continued desire to be open and 
transparent. I very much look 
forward to your support and I am 
happy to answer any questions 
you may have regarding our 
remuneration philosophy and 
arrangements. 
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
88

This section of the report sets out the remuneration policy for Executive Directors and outlines how this policy will be 
implemented for 2024. 
The Remuneration Committee has addressed the principles of clarity, simplicity, risk, predictability, proportionality, 
and alignment to culture when determining the Executive Director remuneration policy. As discussed in the Chair’s 
Statement and outlined in the table below, Fever-Tree has evolved its approach to executive remuneration for 2024 to 
ensure that it appropriately reflects the current size and complexity of the business as well as the experience and skills 
of our talented Executive Directors. Overall, the Committee considers the remuneration package competitive and in 
line with other companies of a similar size and complexity, while being appropriate in the context of our approach to 
remuneration throughout the organisation. Base salaries are now market competitive, maximum incentive awards are 
capped, and incentive targets are set to be stretching while not encouraging excessive risk-taking. 
Element (purpose 
and link to strategy)
Operation
Opportunity
Performance metrics
Implementation of 
Remuneration Policy for 2024
Base salary 
To reflect size and 
scope of the role 
and individual’s 
performance and 
contribution.
Reviewed on an annual 
basis, with any increases 
normally taking effect 
from 1 January. 
Payable in cash.
The Committee reviews 
base salaries with 
reference to: 
•	 the size and scope of 
the individual’s roles;
•	 the individual’s 
performance and 
experience; 
•	 business performance 
and the external 
economic 
environment; 
•	 market practice at 
other companies of 
a similar size and 
complexity; and 
•	 salary increases 
across the Group.
There is no maximum 
salary increase. 
The Committee 
retains discretion to 
make appropriate 
adjustments to salary 
levels to ensure they 
remain appropriate 
in the context of the 
size and scope of the 
role and the size and 
complexity of the 
business.
Company and 
individual performance 
are considered when 
setting Executive 
Director base salaries.
For 2024, as outlined 
in the Committee 
Chair’s Statement, we 
have rebalanced the 
overall remuneration 
framework towards a 
more market aligned 
approach. This includes 
increases in base salary 
for both our Executive 
Directors to a market 
mid-point considering 
the size and complexity 
of the business. 
Base salaries will be 
increased by 28% and 
35% for the CEO and 
CFO, respectively, with 
effect from 1 January 
2024 to:
CEO - £565,000
CFO - £385,000
Pension
To provide a 
market-competitive 
pension
Executive Directors may 
participate in the Group 
pension scheme. 
Salary is the 
only element of 
remuneration that is 
pensionable.
Pension allowance 
(introduced for 
Executive Directors 
from 1 January 2019) 
was initially 5% of 
salary and will increase 
by 1% of salary 
per annum up to a 
maximum of 10% of 
salary. This approach is 
in line with the policy 
for other employees in 
the Group.
Not performance 
related.
Maximum pension 
contribution or cash 
allowance for 2024 is 
10% of salary. 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
89

Element (purpose 
and link to strategy)
Operation
Opportunity
Performance metrics
Implementation of 
Remuneration Policy for 2024
Benefits
To provide market-
competitive 
benefits.
Benefits may include 
car allowance and 
private health 
insurance. 
Other benefits may 
be introduced as 
appropriate and include 
relocation and other 
expatriate benefits.
Benefits vary by 
role and individual 
circumstances; 
eligibility and cost are 
reviewed periodically.
Not performance 
related.
No changes. The only 
benefit currently 
provided is private 
health insurance.
Annual bonus
To incentivise 
the delivery of 
annual financial 
performance and 
the achievement of 
strategic business 
priorities, thus 
delivering value to 
shareholders.
Performance is 
measured on an annual 
basis for each financial 
year. 
Performance measures 
are reviewed prior to 
the start of the year 
to ensure they remain 
appropriate and align 
with the business 
strategy. Stretching 
targets are set. 
At the end of the 
year the Committee 
determines the extent 
to which these were 
achieved.
Awards are paid in cash. 
Clawback (of any bonus 
paid) provisions apply 
(see below).
The Committee 
determines the 
maximum bonus 
opportunity each year to 
ensure that the overall 
remuneration package 
remains competitive. 
10% of the maximum 
annual bonus 
opportunity will be 
paid at threshold 
performance, 50% at 
target performance 
and 100% at maximum 
performance, with 
straight-line vesting 
between each.
Performance measures 
are selected, and their 
respective weightings 
may vary from year 
to year, depending on 
financial and strategic 
priorities. Measures 
may include personal 
performance objectives 
provided no less than 
75% of the annual 
bonus is based on 
financial measures. 
The Committee has 
discretion to adjust 
the formulaic bonus 
outcomes both upwards 
(within the policy 
limits) and downwards 
to ensure alignment of 
pay with the underlying 
performance of the 
business over the 
financial year.
The maximum 
opportunity remains 
unchanged at 150% of 
salary for all Executive 
Directors. For 2024, the 
performance measures 
will be:
•	 50% on turnover.
•	 30% on adjusted 
EBITDA.
•	 20% on strategic 
measures linked 
to new product 
development and 
innovation, route to 
market optimisation 
and production 
capabilities.
Further detail on the 
re-balancing of the 
performance framework 
can be found in the 
Committee Chair’s 
Statement.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
90

Element (purpose 
and link to strategy)
Operation
Opportunity
Performance metrics
Implementation of 
Remuneration Policy for 2024
LTIP 
To drive sustained 
long-term 
performance 
that supports 
the creation of 
shareholder value.
Annual awards of shares 
or nil-cost options may 
be made to participants. 
Award levels and 
performance conditions 
are reviewed before 
each award cycle to 
ensure they remain 
appropriate. 
Awards made under 
the LTIP will have a 
performance period of 
at least three years and 
a minimum vesting 
period of three years. 
Dividend equivalents 
may accrue on LTIP 
awards and are paid on 
those shares which vest. 
Malus (of any unvested 
LTIP) and clawback 
(of any vested LTIP) 
provisions apply (see 
below).
The LTIP provides for 
annual awards of up 
to 300% of salary for 
Executive Directors. 
The Committee reserves 
the right to review the 
maximum opportunity 
to ensure that the 
overall remuneration 
package remains 
competitive.
Under each measure, 
threshold performance 
will result in 25% of 
maximum vesting for 
that element, rising 
on a straight-line 
basis to full vesting 
for achieving Stretch 
performance.
Vesting of LTIP awards 
is subject to Company 
performance and 
continued employment. 
The Committee has 
discretion to adjust 
the formulaic LTIP 
outcomes both upwards 
(within the policy 
limits) and downwards 
to ensure alignment of 
pay with the underlying 
performance of the 
business over the 
performance. 
For 2024, the 
additional LTIP 
element has been 
removed as part of the 
broader re-balancing 
and the maximum LTIP 
opportunity is therefore 
reduced from 450% to 
300% of salary for the 
Executive Directors. 
For 2024, the LTIP 
will vest subject to the 
following performance 
measures: 
•	 70% on turnover.
•	 20% on adjusted 
EBITDA.
•	 10% on a 
scoreboard of ESG 
measures linked 
to Sustainability 
pillars set out in our 
Sustainability Review 
starting on page 32.
Further details on the 
re-balancing and the 
introduction of ESG 
can be found in the 
Committee Chair’s 
Statement. 
Notes to the policy table 
Malus and clawback 
Malus and clawback provisions may be applied in the following circumstances: 
•	 Material misstatement of results; 
•	 An act or omission by the participants which would enable the Company to summarily dismiss them; 
•	 An error in assessing the performance conditions; 
•	 Serious reputational damage to the Company or any other Group Company (2019 awards onwards); 
•	 Material corporate failure in the Company or any other Group Company (2019 awards onwards); and 
•	 Any other instance where the Remuneration Committee regards it appropriate.
Performance measures 
For 2024, as in prior years, the annual bonus and the LTIP award will continue to be based primarily on turnover and 
adjusted EBITDA as these are considered by the Board to be the most important key performance indicators for Fever-
Tree, and are well aligned with Fever-Tree’s short and long-term strategy. Fever-Tree operates in a segment which is 
attractive to new entrants and it is therefore critical to drive market penetration and consequent revenue growth as fast 
as possible. The Committee is mindful of shareholder guidance around similar performance measures being used in both 
the annual bonus and the LTIP; however, for the reasons outlined, the Committee considers that this approach remains 
appropriate especially given the recent introduction of strategic measures with the annual bonus and the introduction of 
an ESG metric within the LTIP. 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
91

Performance measures continued
In terms of the annual bonus, the strategic measures focus on those in-year priorities which will have a long-term 
positive impact on profitability and value creation. For the LTIP, the ESG metric is being introduced to support the 
delivery of our long-term sustainability agenda. 
Targets applying to the annual bonus and LTIP awards are reviewed annually, based on internal and external reference 
points, and are set to be stretching but achievable with regard to the particular strategic priorities in a given year. Annual 
bonus targets are considered commercially sensitive and will be disclosed one year after the end of the performance 
period. Taking shareholder feedback into account, we now disclose our stretching LTIP targets within one year of grant 
rather than at vesting.
Shareholding Guidelines 
The Committee continues to recognise the importance of Executive Directors aligning their interests with shareholders 
through building up significant shareholdings in the Company. As noted in the Chair’s Statement, following feedback 
received from shareholders during the recent consultation, it is proposed that our shareholding guidelines are increased 
to require Executive Directors to acquire a holding equivalent to 300% of base salary (previously 200% of salary) within 
five years of joining the Company or the guideline increasing. The Committee believes that this enhanced shareholding 
guideline will further align executives with shareholders and support sustainable decision making. Until the relevant 
shareholding levels are acquired, vested but unexercised awards are included in shareholding guidelines on a net of 
tax basis. Details of the Executive Directors’ current personal shareholdings are provided in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration and are substantially in excess of the requirement. 
Taking into account shareholder feedback, the Committee has again considered whether it would be appropriate to 
introduce annual bonus deferral, an additional LTIP holding period and/or post-employment shareholding guidelines. 
After careful consideration, the Committee concluded that the current leaver provisions under the LTIP along with 
the significant shareholdings in the business of both Executive Directors, supported by the increased shareholding 
guidelines, ensure the continued alignment of the interests of our Executive Directors and our shareholders both within 
employment and post-cessation of employment. The Committee is however mindful of shareholder expectations in this 
area and will keep its approach in these areas under review. 
Non-Executive Director Policy Table 
Details of the policy on fees paid to our Non-Executive Directors and how this policy will be implemented for 2024 are 
set out in the table below:
Element (purpose 
and link to strategy)
Operation
Opportunity
Performance 
metrics
Implementation of 
Remuneration Policy for 2024
Fees
To attract and 
retain Non-
Executive 
Directors of the 
highest calibre 
with broad 
commercial and 
other experience 
relevant to the 
Company.
The Chair and Non-Executive 
Directors receive a basic fee for 
their respective roles. 
Additional fees may be payable 
to Non-Executive Directors for 
additional services such as acting 
as Senior Independent Director 
or as Chair of any of the Board’s 
Committees, etc. 
Fee levels are reviewed from time 
to time against similar roles at 
comparable companies, taking 
into account time, commitment 
and responsibility of the role, 
with any adjustments normally 
effective 1 January in the year 
following review.
The fees paid to the Chair are 
determined by the Committee, 
whilst the fees of the Non-
Executive Directors are determined 
by the Chair, CEO and CFO.
There is no maximum 
fee increase. 
It is expected that 
increases to Non-
Executive Director 
fee levels will be in 
line with salaried 
employees over the life 
of the policy. 
However, in the event 
that there is a material 
misalignment with the 
market or a change 
in the complexity, 
responsibility or time 
commitment required 
to fulfil a Non-
Executive Director 
role, the Board has 
discretion to make an 
appropriate adjustment 
to the fee level.
Not 
performance 
related.
With effect from 1 January 
2023, the Chair’s fee was 
increased to £183,750. For 
2024, this will be increased 
by 5% to £192,937.
Fees for Non-Executive 
Directors were also increased 
by 5% as follows: 
•	 Basic Non-Executive 
Director fee – £60,637.
•	 Senior Independent 
Director additional fee – 
£7,717.
•	 Audit and Remuneration 
Committee Chair fee – 
£11,025.
These increases compare to a 
typical increase of 5% given 
to the wider UK workforce 
for 2024.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
92

Pay Scenario Charts 
The charts below provide estimates of the potential future reward opportunity for the two current Executive Directors 
based on remuneration arrangements in 2024 as described in the policy table. The potential is split between the different 
elements of remuneration under four different performance scenarios: ‘Minimum’, ‘On Target’, ‘Maximum’ and ‘Maximum 
(including share price growth)’.
In illustrating potential reward opportunities, the following assumptions have been made:
Component
‘Minimum’
‘On-target’
‘Maximum’
‘Maximum
(including share price growth)’
Base salary
(from 1 January 2024)
CEO – £565,000 
CFO – £385,000
Pension
(from 1 January 2024)
10% of base salary
Other benefits
£3,061 (based on disclosed single figure for 2023)
Annual bonus
No bonus payable
Target bonus 
(50% of maximum)
Maximum bonus
LTIP*
No LTIP vesting
Threshold vesting 
(25% of maximum)
Maximum vesting 
(300% of maximum)
Maximum vesting 
plus 50% share price 
growth over the 
performance period
* 	 LTIP awards granted in a year normally vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant. The projected value of LTIP amounts excludes the impact of any dividends over the 
vesting period.
Approach to Recruitment Remuneration 
In the case of appointing a new Executive Director, the Committee may make use of any or all of the existing components 
of remuneration, as described in the policy table.
In determining appropriate remuneration for a new Executive Director, the Committee will take into consideration 
all relevant factors (including quantum, nature of remuneration and the jurisdiction from which the candidate was 
recruited) to ensure that the pay arrangements are in the best interests of Fever-Tree and its shareholders. 
The Committee may consider it appropriate to grant an award under a structure not included in the Policy, for example 
to buy out incentive arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer. In doing so, the Committee will consider all 
relevant factors, including the form of awards, expected value and vesting timeframe of forfeited opportunities. When 
determining any such buy-out award, the guiding principle is that awards would generally be on a like-for-like basis 
unless this is considered by the Committee not to be practical or appropriate. 
£4,500k
100%
100%
19%
42%
29%
27%
21%
29%
54%
42%
21%
16%
19%
27%
29%
29%
£1,472k
£3,167k
£4,015k
£2,737k
£2,159k
£1,004k
£427k
£625k
Minimum
Minimum
Maximum
Maximum
Target
Fixed pay
LTIP
Annual bonus
Share price growth
Target
Maximum (including 
share price growth)
Maximum (including 
share price growth)
54%
42%
16%
21%
42%
21%
£3,000k
CEO
CFO
£2,500k
£2,500k
£3,500k
£1,500k
£1,500k
£4,000k
£2,000k
£2,000k
£3,000k
£1,000k
£1,000k
£500k
£500k
£0k
£0k
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
93

Service Contracts 
Executive Directors 
The Executive Directors signed new service contracts with the Company on admission to AIM. These are not of fixed 
duration and are terminable by either party giving 12 months’ written notice. Executive Directors’ contracts may be 
terminated early by making a payment in lieu of notice. Any payments in lieu of notice will normally be based on base 
salary only but may also include pension and benefits.
Executive Director
Date of service contract
Tim Warrillow
3 November 2014
Andy Branchflower
3 November 2014
Non-executive directors 
The Non-Executive Directors signed letters of appointment with the Company for the provision of Non-Executive 
Directors’ services, which may be terminated by either party giving one month’s written notice. The Non-Executive 
Directors’ fees are determined by the Board.
Non-Executive Director
Initial agreement date
Expiry date of current agreement
Domenic De Lorenzo
17 May 2018
25 May 2026
Kevin Havelock
11 January 2018
11 January 2027
Jeff Popkin
11 January 2018
11 January 2027
Laura Hagan
20 May 2021
20 May 2027
Clare Swindell
25 May 2023
25 May 2026
David Lapp1
1 January 2024
1 January 2027
1	 David Lapp joined the Board as a Non-Executive Director with effect from 1 January 2024.
Exit Payment Policy 
In the event that an Executive Director leaves, LTIP awards will normally lapse, unless the individual is considered a 
‘good leaver’. ‘Good leavers’ retain an interest in LTIP awards, with performance normally tested at the end of the relevant 
three-year performance period and awards normally pro-rated for time based on the proportion of the vesting period 
served. An individual would normally be considered a ‘good leaver’ if they leave for reasons of death, ill-health, injury, 
redundancy, retirement with the agreement of the Company, or such event as the Remuneration Committee determines. 
Similarly, in respect of the annual bonus, if an Executive Director leaves, they would normally lose any entitlement for 
bonus, unless a ‘good leaver’. ‘Good leavers’ retain an interest in the bonus and the award is normally pro-rated for time 
and performance. 
Consideration of Conditions Elsewhere In the Company 
Fever-Tree remains in many ways a small group of companies, with around 375 employees globally. 
The Committee normally considers the range of base pay increases across the Company when determining the base 
salary increases for Executive Directors. 
The Remuneration Committee does not consult with employees over the effectiveness and appropriateness of the 
executive remuneration policy and framework; however, Remuneration Committee members are also Board members and 
therefore receive updates from the Executive Directors on their discussions and consultations with the wider employee 
population and senior colleagues present to the Board on a regular basis. This includes the Chief People Officer who also 
attends Remuneration Committee meetings. During the year, the Board received a detailed update on our people strategy, 
including our approach to retention and remuneration throughout the Company. 
In line with the UK Corporate Governance Code, Kevin Havelock was appointed in 2018 as the Company’s designated 
Non-Executive Director who is responsible for engaging with employees and ensuring that the employee voice is 
represented in the boardroom. During 2023, he attended employee group meetings throughout the Group’s network. 
Feedback received through these channels was fed into Board discussions. Whilst we acknowledge the proposed increase 
in base salary for the CEO and CFO is above the typical increase given to the workforce this year, we are very proud of 
the support we have given to our wider workforce, especially since the beginning of the pandemic. Amongst a number of 
other matters, we have implemented competitive salary increases for at least 3 years, supplemented by an additional one-
off cash payment to all staff in September 2022.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
94

Consideration of Shareholder Views 
The Committee is committed to ongoing dialogue with shareholders, where appropriate, and welcomes feedback on 
Directors’ remuneration. When reviewing executive remuneration arrangements for 2024, the Remuneration Committee 
consulted with shareholders representing c.65% of our share capital. The majority of our shareholders confirmed that 
they were supportive of the proposed changes to repositioning remuneration arrangements, including increasing base 
salaries to a more market mid-point level taking into account the size and complexity of the business, to reward our 
exceptional executive directors and support their on-going retention. All views received during this process were taken 
into account when finalising the remuneration policy and its implementation for 2024 (for example, through the increase 
in shareholding guidelines from 200% to 300% of base salary). 
The Committee will continue to monitor trends and developments in corporate governance and market practice to ensure 
the structure of executive remuneration at Fever-Tree remains appropriate in the context of both the Company’s growth 
and the governance environment. The Committee will continue to regularly engage with shareholders as appropriate.
Annual Report on Remuneration 
The following section provides details of how Fever-Tree’s remuneration policy was implemented during the financial 
year ending 31 December 2023. 
Remuneration Committee Membership and Activities in 2023 
The Remuneration Committee’s members at 31 December 2023 were Laura Hagan, who is the Chair of the Committee, 
Kevin Havelock, Clare Swindell and Domenic De Lorenzo. David Lapp joined the Committee on 1 January 2024. All 
members of the Committee are independent Non-Executive Directors (Domenic De Lorenzo was independent on 
appointment). Jeff Popkin is also regularly invited to attend meetings. 
The Committee operates under the Group’s agreed Terms of Reference which sets out its duties, including reviewing all 
senior executive appointments and determining the Group’s policy in respect of the terms of employment, including 
remuneration packages of Executive Directors and other designated members of senior management (including the 
Company Secretary). 
The Committee’s Terms of Reference are available on the Company’s website (www.fever-tree.com) and on request from 
the Company Secretary. The Remuneration Committee met formally three times during 2023 and also on an ad-hoc basis 
when required.
Remuneration Committee activities during the year were as follows:
•	 Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report for 2022.
•	 Review and approval of Executive Director performance against annual bonus targets for 2022.
•	 Review and approval of Executive Director performance against 2020 LTIP targets.
•	 Determination of performance targets for incentives for 2023.
•	 Review of developments in corporate governance and best practice.
•	 Review and development of Executive Director remuneration arrangements for 2024, including preparing for 
consulting with shareholders on the same.
•	 Review of remuneration arrangements for senior management and the wider Group.
Advisers 
During the year, the Committee sought internal support from the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and 
Chief People Officer, who attended Committee meetings by invitation from the Committee Chair, to advise on specific 
questions raised by the Committee and on matters relating to the performance and remuneration of senior managers. 
The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief People Officer and Chair were not present for any discussions 
that related directly to decisions on their own remuneration. 
The Committee has appointed Deloitte to provide independent advice on executive remuneration matters. Deloitte is a 
signatory to the Code of Conduct for Remuneration Consultants in the UK. The fees paid to Deloitte in relation to advice 
provided to the Committee for 2023 were £35,150. The Committee evaluates the support provided by Deloitte annually 
and is comfortable that they do not have any connections with Fever-Tree that may impair their independence. No non-
remuneration related advice was provided by Deloitte to the Group in the year.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
95

Single Total Figure of Remuneration for Directors 
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Director for the year ended 
31 December 2023 and the prior year:
Basic salary / fees 
(£k)
Taxable benefits
(£k)
Pension
(£k)
Annual bonus
(£k)
LTIP
(£k)
Total
(£k)
2023
2022
2023
2022
2023
2022
2023
2022
20231
20222
2023
2022
Executive Director
Tim Warrillow
443
418
3
4.5
40
33
133
106
0
465
619
1027
Andy Branchflower
285
268
3
4.5
26
21
85
68
0
299
399
661
Non-Executive Director
Domenic De Lorenzo3
138
65
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
138
65
Kevin Havelock4
62
55
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
62
55
Jeff Popkin
58
55
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
58
55
Laura Hagan4
64
55
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
64
55
Clare Swindell5
41
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
41
–
Former Non-Executive 
Director
Coline McConville6
65
72
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
65
72
Bill Ronald6
75
175
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
75
175
1	 LTIP awards granted in 2021 vest on 28 April 2024 based on performance to 2023. The ‘core’ and ‘additional’ LTIP awards are due to lapse in full. 
2	 LTIP awards granted in 2020 vested on 20 May 2023 based on performance to 2022. These awards vested at 47% of maximum. The values in the single figure table have 
been restated to reflect the share price at vesting of 1442p. 
3	 Domenic De Lorenzo was appointed Chair of the Board with effect from 25 May 2023. 
4	 Kevin Havelock and Laura Hagan respectively succeeded Coline McConville as Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee with effect from 
25 May 2023.
5	 Clare Swindell was appointed to the Board on 25 May 2023.
6	 Coline McConville and Bill Ronald stepped down from the Board on 31 December 2023 and 25 May 2023 respectively.
Incentive Outcomes for the year Ended 31 December 2023
Annual Bonus in Respect of 2023 Performance
For 2023, the maximum annual bonus award was 150% of salary for Tim Warrillow and Andy Branchflower.
Performance was measured based 60% on turnover, 20% on adjusted EBITDA and 20% on a scorecard of strategic 
measures, including innovation and margin improvement as well as environmental and sustainability measures. 
The performance targets were set to be stretching in the context of the external environment, ensuring that the 
maximum pay out would only be achieved if exceptional performance was delivered. 
Revenue for 2023 was £364.4m. Despite this representing c.6% growth on 2022, performance was below the threshold 
target set for the annual bonus. Adjusted EBITDA performance of £30m was below threshold. Overall, therefore, there is 
no annual bonus pay-out in respect of the financial performance measures for 2023. 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
96

The Committee considered performance against the strategic and ESG objectives and noted the significant positive 
progress in the year, in particular in relation to the diversification of the portfolio via innovation initiatives, the measures 
taken to improve adjusted EBITDA margin, and the continued progress against the Group’s sustainability strategy. Key 
externally disclosable achievements include: 
Strategic achievements
Structural projects to enable our business to continue to grow organically and profitably:
•	 Launch of Australian subsidiary. 
•	 Internal technology transformation project on time and ahead of budget.
Product innovation initiatives to enable us to grow revenue via adjacent categories:
•	 Ongoing progress on internal R&D projects.
•	 Cocktail Mixer launch in multiple markets.
New supply chain partnerships to support security of supply and manage costs: 
•	 New long-term contracts with multiple key suppliers following competitive tenders including the successful 
re-tender of our UK and European glass supply.
•	 New long-term contracts with multiple bottling/canning partners.
ESG achievements
5% reduction of emissions related to Group’s products sold in the UK.
Procured 100% renewable electricity across global operations.
On-site boreholes installed at a number of co-packer sites significantly reducing spring water transportation.
Launch of DEI Committee with appointed DEI Lead.
Best companies engagement survey – received ‘very good to work for’ and ‘top 5 food and drinks company to work for’ awards.
10th year of supporting Malaria No More UK which, in 2023, included funding a project to drive behavioural change across 
East African communities. 
200+ Tiny Forests supported in the UK in through Earthwatch collaboration alongside 13.8k+ native trees planted in 
North America, in partnership with One Tree Planted.
Built out the Group’s supplier risk analysis framework and human rights due diligence strategy.
Introduction of new Sustainability Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) to track the Group’s ESG progress from 2024 onwards. 
More detail on these and other achievements is included in our Sustainability Review starting on page 32. 
Overall, it was determined that the strategic and ESG elements would pay out at 100% of maximum, resulting in an 
overall bonus of 20% of maximum.
Fever-Tree has grown rapidly since its establishment and our strategic focus is on continuing to drive rapid expansion 
to cement our market-leading position. Our market is highly competitive, and the Committee strongly believes that the 
financial targets set for our incentive arrangements could provide market intelligence to our competitors which could 
be damaging to our business and therefore ultimately to shareholders. Consequently, and in line with previous years, 
we have not disclosed our annual bonus financial targets for 2023, but we plan to do so next year, provided the Board is 
comfortable that this information is no longer commercially sensitive.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
97

Annual Bonus Targets For 2022
Last year, we committed to disclose within this report the annual bonus targets for 2022, unless the Board considered 
that these targets continue to be commercially sensitive. In keeping with this commitment, we have provided these 
performance targets below. Overall, the Executive Directors received a bonus of 17% of maximum in respect of 2022.
Weighting
Threshold
 25% payout
Target
 50% payout
Maximum 
100% payout
Actual performance 
achieved for 2023
Payout
 (% of maximum)
Turnover
60%
£355.0m
£362.9m
£378.6m
£344.3m
0%
Adjusted EBITDA 
20%
£63.0m
£64.0m
£66.0m
£39.7m
0%
ESG 
20%
Scorecard approach
85%
Total
17%
In 2022, when determining the outcome under the ESG element of the annual bonus, the Committee considered 
progress against ESG objectives to be strong, providing a good foundation to build from in future years, and the 
Committee judged that overall this element should pay out at 85% of maximum. More detail can be found in last year’s 
Annual Report.
LTIP Vesting in Respect of 2023 Performance 
LTIP awards granted in 2021 vest on 28 April 2024 based on performance to the end of 2023. These awards consisted 
of a ‘core’ LTIP award based 75% on turnover and 25% on adjusted EBITDA, and an additional LTIP based on 
international revenue. The targets were set, taking into account internal and external reference points, to be stretching 
with regard to our strategic priorities and the economic environment at the time. For the ‘core’ LTIP award, revenue 
and adjusted EBITDA performance was below threshold, meaning that this award will lapse in full. Similarly for the 
additional LTIP award, international revenue growth was below threshold, meaning that this award will also lapse in full. 
Performance Targets for the 2021 LTIP Award
‘Core’ LTIP award
Weighting
Target 
25% vesting 
Maximum 
100% payout
Performance
 achieved 
Portion 
vesting
Turnover
75%
£372.9m
£421.9m
£364.4m
0%
Adjusted EBITDA 
25%
£85.4m
£100.0m
£30m
0%
Total 
0%
Additional LTIP award
Weighting
Target
 25% vesting 
Maximum 
100% payout
Performance 
achieved 
Portion 
vesting
International Revenue1
100%
£244.8m
£275.4m
£238m
0%
Total 
0%
1	 Defined as Group revenue less UK revenue less GDP portfolio brand revenue.
The overall vesting outcome for the 2021 LTIP award was 0% of maximum.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
98

Scheme Interests Awarded in 2023
2023 LTIP
In 2023, a ‘core’ LTIP award was granted at a face value of 300% of salary to both Executive Directors. The awards will 
vest on 3 May 2026 subject to the achievement of a stretching performance condition based 75% on turnover and 25% 
on adjusted EBITDA. 
In addition to the ‘core’ LTIP award, an additional LTIP award was also granted to both Executive Directors with a 
face value of 150% of salary. This additional award will vest on 3 May 2026 subject to stretching international revenue 
growth targets. 
The three-year performance period began on 1 January 2023 and will end on 31 December 2025.
Executive Director
Date of grant
Face value1
End of performance period
Performance measures
Tim Warrillow
3 May 2023
164,865 shares
(£1.99m)
31 December 2025
‘Core’ LTIP award - 75% on turnover 
and 25% on adjusted EBITDA 
Additional LTIP award – 100% on
international revenue growth 
(25% vests for threshold performance, 
increasing on a straight line to full vesting 
for stretch performance)
Andy Branchflower
3 May 2023
 105,991 shares 
(£1.28m)
1	 Face value based on the average ordinary share price in the Company for the two months immediately preceding the date of grant of £12.08.
Performance targets for the 2023 LTIP Award
LTIP performance targets for the above awards were set, taking into account internal and external reference points, 
to be stretching but achievable with regard to our strategic priorities and the economic environment. 
Core LTIP award
Weighting
Target
25% vesting 
Maximum
100% payout
Turnover
75%
£446.2m
£500.0m
Adjusted EBITDA 
25%
£64.9m
£74.3m
Additional LTIP award1
Weighting
Target 
25% vesting 
Maximum 
100% payout
International revenue1 
100%
£328.7m
£356.4m
1	 Defined as Group revenue less UK revenue less GDP portfolio brand revenue.
Exit Payments Made in the Year 
There were no payments for loss of office in the year. 
Payments to Past Directors 
There were no payments to past Directors in the year.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
99

Pay for Performance 
The following chart compares the total shareholder return performance (TSR) of the Group vs. the FTSE 250 and AIM 
100 indices since IPO. The AIM 100 index has been chosen as this is the index of which the Company is a constituent. 
The FTSE 250 has been chosen as it includes other companies of comparable market capitalisation to Fever-Tree.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED
The chart shows the value by 31 December 2023 of £100 invested in Fever-Tree on 7 November 2014, compared with
the value of £100 invested in the FTSE 250 Index and the FTSE AIM 100 Index on the same date. 
The table below shows the CEO’s single figure pay since 2014 and what percentage of the maximum bonus and LTIP 
vesting was achieved each year.
2014
 £000
2015
 £000
2016
 £000
2017
 £000
20181 
£000
2019 
£000
2020
 £000
2021 
£000
2022
 £000
2023 
£000
CEO single figure (£000)
487
460
725
842
4,098
1,373
904
823
1027 
 619
Annual bonus payout (% of maximum)
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
0%
81%
65%
17%
20%
LTIP vesting (% of maximum)
–
–
–
–
100%
100%
0%
0%
47%
0%
1	 The CEO single figure for 2018 includes the value of the 2016 LTIP award. This award, which vested in full, had a value of £3,176k given share price growth of over 300% 
between the date of grant and date of vest.
£1,800
£1,600
£1,200
£800
£1,400
£1,000
£600
£200
£0
£400
11 Jul 14
31 Dec 15
31 Dec 14
31 Dec 16
01 Jan 16
31 Dec 17
31 Dec 18
31 Dec 19
31 Dec 20
31 Dec 21 
31 Dec 22
12 Dec 23
Fever-Tree
FTSE 250
AIM 100
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
100

Directors’ Interests and Shareholding 
The table below shows the shareholding of each Director against their respective shareholding requirement as at 
31 December 2023:
Director2
Ordinary shares at 
31 December 2023
Options held (including nil-cost options granted under the LTIP)
Shareholding req. 
(% salary)
Requirement met?
Vested but not 
exercised
Unvested and 
subject to continued 
employment
Options 
exercised
Tim Warrillow
5,575,172
32,224
348,260
–
200%
Yes
Andy Branchflower
141,488
20,718
223,898
–
200%
Yes
Dom De Lorenzo
4,550
–
–
–
–
–
Kevin Havelock
216,000
–
–
–
–
–
Jeff Popkin
73,955
–
–
–
–
–
Laura Hagan
634
–
–
–
–
–
Clare Swindell1
0
–
–
–
–
–
1	 Clare Swindell was appointed to the Board on 25 May 2023.
2	 Coline McConville and Bill Ronald stepped down from the Board on 31 December 2023 and 25 May 2023 respectively. They held 11,406 and 411,416 shares respectively on 
the date of their stepping down.
Directors’ Interests in Shares and Options 
The individual interests of the Executive Directors under the Group’s share option schemes are as follows:
Date of grant
Share price1
Exercise price
Number of shares/ 
options Awarded
Face value at grant
Performance period
Release date
Tim Warrillow
LTIP
03/05/23
1,208p
0.25p
164,865
£1,991,569
01/01/2023 – 31/12/2025
03/05/26
LTIP
27/04/22
1,751p
0.25p
107,330
£1,879,348
01/01/2022 – 31/12/2024
27/04/25
LTIP
20/05/21
2,381p
0.25p
76,065
£1,811,283
01/01/2021 – 31/12/2023
28/04/24
Andy Branchflower
LTIP
03/05/23
1,208p
0.25p
105,991
£1,280,371
01/01/2023 – 31/12/2025
03/05/26
LTIP
27/04/22
1,751p
0.25p
69,004
£1,208,260
01/01/2022 – 31/12/2024
27/04/25
LTIP
20/05/21
2,381p
0.25p
48,903
£1,164,493
01/01/2021 – 31/12/2023
28/04/24
1	 Based on the average mid-market price of an ordinary share in the Company for the two months immediately preceding the date of grant.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
101

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
The Directors present their report 
together with the audited financial 
statements for the year ended 31 
December 2023. The Corporate 
Governance Statement on pages 76 to 79 
also forms part of this Directors’ Report.
Dividends
The Board is pleased to recommend 
a final dividend of 10.90 pence per 
share, bringing the total dividend for 
2023 to 16.64 pence per share (2022: 
16.31 pence per share).
In January 2024, the Directors 
became aware that the interim 
dividend paid to shareholders in 
August 2023 was paid otherwise than 
in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006. A resolution has been 
tabled for the AGM on 6 June 2024 
to authorise the appropriation of 
the distributable profits to the 
payment of the relevant dividend and 
remove any right for the Company 
to pursue shareholders or directors 
for repayment. Subsequent to the 
year end, a dividend was paid by 
a group company to the parent 
company in order to ensure sufficient 
distributable reserves are available, 
and interim parent company accounts 
will be filed at Companies House.
Directors
The Directors of the Group during 
the period and to the date of this 
report are as follows:
WDG Ronald (retired 25.3.23)
D De Lorenzo
TDG Warrillow
AJ Branchflower
CL McConville (retired 31.12.23)
LK Hagan
KJ Havelock
J Popkin
CL Swindell (joined 25.3.23)
D Lapp (joined 1.1.24)
Brief biographical details of the 
current directors are given on 
pages 74 and 75.
Directors’ Interests
The Directors’ interests in the 
Company’s shares and options over 
ordinary shares are shown in the 
Remuneration Report on page 101.
No Director has any beneficial 
interest in the share capital of any 
subsidiary or associate undertaking.
Directors’ Indemnity 
Provisions
As permitted by the Articles of 
Association, the Directors have the 
benefit of an indemnity which is a 
qualifying third party indemnity 
provision as defined by s236 of the 
Companies Act 2006. The indemnity 
was in force throughout the financial 
period and at the date of approval of 
the financial statements.
The Group also purchased and 
maintained throughout the financial 
period Directors’ and Officers’ 
liability insurance in respect of itself 
and its Directors.
Political Donations
The Group made no political 
donations in the financial period.
Disclosure of Information 
to Auditor
As far as the Directors are aware, 
there is no relevant audit information 
(that is, information needed by the 
Group’s auditor in connection with 
preparing their Report) of which the 
Group’s Auditor is unaware, and each 
Director has taken all reasonable 
steps that they ought to have taken 
as a Director in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish 
that the Group’s Auditor is aware of 
that information.
Financial Instruments
The financial risk management 
objectives of the Group, including 
credit risk, interest rate risk and 
currency risk, are provided in note 
3 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements on pages 126 to 129.
Subsidiaries
The Company has twelve subsidiaries; 
a complete list is provided at note 
14 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements on page 137 and 138.
Share Capital Structure
As at 31 December 2023, the 
Company’s issued share capital was 
£291,716.62 divided into 116,686,649 
ordinary shares of 0.25p each. 
Further details of the Company’s 
issued share capital are given in 
note 20 on page 141. 
The Company’s ordinary shares rank 
pari passu in all respects with each 
other, including for voting purposes 
and for all dividends. Each share 
carries the right to one vote at general 
meetings of the Company.
Further information on the voting 
and other rights of shareholders, 
including deadlines for exercising 
voting rights, are set out in the 
Company’s Articles of Association 
and in the explanatory notes that 
accompany the Notice of the Annual 
General Meeting, which are available 
on the Company’s website (www.
fever-tree.com). 
Restriction on Shares
The Company’s ordinary shares 
are freely transferable and there 
are no restrictions on the size of 
a holding. Transfers of shares are 
governed by the provisions of the 
Articles of Association and prevailing 
legislation. The ordinary shares 
are not redeemable; however, the 
Company may purchase any of the 
ordinary shares, subject to prevailing 
legislation and other relevant rules. 
The Directors are not aware of any 
agreements between holders of the 
Company’s shares that may result 
in the restriction of the transfer of 
securities or on voting rights. No 
shareholder holds securities carrying 
any special rights or control over the 
Company’s share capital. 
Authority to Allot and 
Purchase Own Shares
At the 2023 Annual General Meeting, 
the Directors were granted the 
authority to allot ordinary shares 
in the Company up to an aggregate 
nominal value of £97,136.40. The 
Company was also authorised by 
shareholder resolution at the 2023 
Annual General Meeting to purchase 
up to 10% of its issued share capital. 
No shares were allotted or purchased 
by the Company during the year 
under these authorities.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
102

Significant Shareholders
As of 31 December 2023, the Company is aware of the following holdings of significant shareholders in the Company 
(as defined in the AIM Rules). 
Name
Holding (shares, millions)
%
Lindsell Train Investment Mgt 
18.1
15.5
Capital Group
9.9
8.5
Fundsmith
8.7
7.5
Nordflint Capital Partners
7.3
6.3
Directors
6.0
5.2
Mr Charles Rolls
5.1
4.4
Baillie Gifford & Co 
4.1
3.6
Share Option Schemes
Details of employee share schemes are 
set out in note 21 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements on pages 141 
and 142.
Appointment and 
Retirement of Directors
The rules for appointing and replacing 
Directors are set out in the Company’s 
Articles of Association. Directors can be 
appointed by ordinary resolution of the 
Company or by the Board. The Company 
can remove a Director from office by 
passing an ordinary resolution.
Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association 
can only be amended by special 
resolution and are available at www.
fever-tree.com/en_GB/investors.
Going Concern
After making enquiries, the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that 
the Group and parent company have 
adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for at least 12 
months from the date of approval of 
the financial statements. 
Significant Events since the 
end of the Financial Year
There have been no material 
events affecting the Group since 
1 January 2024.
Strategic Report
This is set out on pages 12 to 71 and 
includes the Group’s Sustainability 
Review (which includes the Group’s 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting), a description of how 
the Group engages with its key 
stakeholders and an indication of 
potential future developments.
Research and Development
The Group carries out such research and 
development as it deems necessary to 
support its principal activities.
Directors’ Statement
The Directors believe that the annual 
report and financial statements, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to 
assess the Group’s position, performance, 
business model and strategy.
The Directors have carried out a 
robust assessment of the Group’s 
emerging and principal risks. There 
are disclosures in the annual report 
that describe the principal risks and 
the procedures in place to identify 
emerging risks and explain how they 
are being managed or mitigated.
Auditor
BDO LLP has expressed their willingness 
to continue in office as Auditor and a 
resolution to reappoint them will be 
proposed at the forthcoming Annual 
General Meeting.
Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will be held 
on 6 June 2024 at 11.00am.
The ordinary business comprises 
receipt of the Directors’ Report and 
audited financial statements for the year 
ended 31 December 2023, approval 
of the Directors’ remuneration report 
for the year ended 31 December 
2023, the re-election of Directors, the 
reappointment of BDO LLP as Auditor 
and authorisation of the Directors to 
determine the Auditor’s remuneration.
The Notice of Annual General Meeting 
and the ordinary and special resolutions 
to be put to the meeting will be 
separately announced by the Company.
Approval
This Directors’ Report was approved by 
the Board and was signed on its behalf 
on 25 March 2024.
Andrew Branchflower
Chief Financial Officer
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
103

The Directors are responsible for 
preparing the Annual Report and the 
financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations. 
Company law requires the Directors 
to prepare financial statements for 
each financial year. Under that law 
the Directors have elected to prepare 
the Group’s Consolidated Financial 
Statements in accordance with the 
UK adopted international accounting 
standards and the Company Financial 
Statements in accordance with FRS 
101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’. 
Under company law the Directors 
must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view of 
the state of affairs of the Group and 
Company and of the profit or loss 
of the Group for that period. The 
Directors are also required to prepare 
financial statements in accordance 
with the rules of the London Stock 
Exchange for companies trading 
securities on the Alternative 
Investment Market. 
In preparing these financial 
statements, the Directors are 
required to: 
•	 select suitable accounting policies 
and then apply them consistently; 
•	 make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent; 
•	 state whether they have been 
prepared in accordance with the 
UK adopted IFRSs, subject to 
any material departures disclosed 
and explained in the financial 
statements; and 
•	 prepare the financial statements on 
a going-concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business. 
The Directors are responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at 
any time the financial position of the 
Group and Company and enable them 
to ensure that the financial statements 
comply with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006. 
They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the 
Group and Company and hence 
for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities. 
The Directors are responsible for 
ensuring the annual report and 
the financial statements are made 
available on a website. Financial 
statements are published on the 
Company’s website in accordance 
with legislation in the United 
Kingdom governing the preparation 
and dissemination of financial 
statements, which may vary from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. 
The maintenance and integrity 
of the Company’s website is the 
responsibility of the Directors. 
The Directors’ responsibility also 
extends to the ongoing integrity 
of the financial statements 
contained therein.
Approval
This Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities was approved by 
the Board and was signed on its 
behalf on 25 March 2024.
Andrew Branchflower
Chief Financial Officer
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
104

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
105

GOING TO EXCEPTIONAL 
LENGTHS IN FRANCE
INGREDIENTS
Uniquely floral aroma 
=FEATURES IN 
Mediterranean 
Tonic Water 
RL Mediterranean 
Tonic Water 
Our story
The well-drained soil and long, sun-filled days in southern France allow 
these plants to thrive and the flavours to deepen, providing the tonic 
with its uniquely floral aroma. 
On one of his ingredient hunting trips, co-founder Charles met four 
generations of one of the last French families still cultivating the finest 
lemon thyme oils. The Vidal family have been farming in the Drôme 
region for centuries and so good is their reputation, their oils are seen 
as a benchmark for quality all over the world. 
Process & harvest
Lemon thyme is harvested once a year in May/ June when the hillsides 
are covered in thick carpets of blue, pink and white, the flowers are cut 
and carted to a nearby open-sided distillery, 1,500 meters away from the 
fields where the lemon thyme grows. Here, straw fires heat pots of water 
beneath racks of the blossoms; as the steam rises, a rich thyme scent 
infuses the air.
106
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023

LEMON THYME 
Thymus Citriodorus
The rocky hillside farms of the 
Provençal region of southern France 
benefit from the warm air flowing 
inland from the Mediterranean Sea, 
creating perfect growing conditions 
for aromatic shrubs like lemon thyme. 
The well-drained soil and long, sun-
filled days allow these plants to thrive 
and the flavours to deepen, producing 
a uniquely floral aroma. 
FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS
Independent Auditor’s Report	
108
Consolidated Statement of Profit or 
Loss and Other Comprehensive Income	 
115
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position	

116
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity	

117
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows	

118
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements	

119
Company Statement of Financial Position	
144
Company Statement of Changes in Equity	

145
Notes to the Company Financial Statements	

146
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
107

Opinion on the financial statements
In our opinion:
•	 the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 
31 December 2023 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;
•	 the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting 
standards;
•	 the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice; and
•	 the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements of Fevertree Drinks Plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the 
‘Group’) for the year ended 31 December 2023 which comprise the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, the Consolidated Statement of Changes 
in Equity, the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, notes to the Consolidated financial statements, the Company 
Statement of Financial Position, the Company Statement of Changes in Equity and notes to the Company financial 
statements, including a summary of material accounting policies. 
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is 
applicable law and UK adopted international accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that has been 
applied in the preparation of the Parent Company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice).
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 
Independence
We remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are 
relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed 
entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 
Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group 
and the Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:
•	 The Directors’ assessment of going concern: we obtained an understanding of the process undertaken by the Directors 
to prepare the going concern assessment and how the impacts of global geopolitical uncertainty, the inflationary 
environment and the new emerging disruptions to supply chains and freight costs have been evaluated and 
incorporated into the forecasts;
•	 	Assessment of assumptions within the cash flow forecasts: we challenged the assumptions used in the forecasts, in 
particular the sales growth rates, gross margins and cash flows generated from operations against actuals achieved 
in recent financial years. We considered the Group’s assessment of the impact of the current macro-economic and 
geopolitical environment, and we have corroborated the Group assumptions used to external references where possible;
•	 Testing that the forecasts were consistent with the latest approved budgets and testing the numerical accuracy of the 
going concern model;
•	 	Cash balances: we selected a sample of the Group’s cash balances and agreed these to post year end bank statements 
and compared these to the amounts included in the forecast.
•	 Sensitivity analysis: evaluation of sensitivities over the Group’s cash flows to changes in the significant inputs and 
assumptions used. The analysis considered reasonably possible adverse effects that could arise as a result of a decrease 
in sales or a greater than anticipated increase in operating costs. 
•	 Post year end trading performance: comparison of the post year end trading results to the forecasts so as to evaluate 
the accuracy and achievability of the forecasts prepared.
•	 Disclosures: evaluation of the adequacy of the disclosures (note 1) in relation to the specific risks posed and scenarios 
the Group has considered in reaching their going concern assessment.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC 
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
108

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions 
that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue. 
In relation to the Parent Company’s reporting on how it has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have 
nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about 
whether the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report.
Overview
Coverage*
94% (2022: 102%) of Group profit before tax
91% (2022: 88%) of Group revenue
97% (2022: 88%) of Group total assets
*	 Our 2022 audit covered over 100% of Group profit before tax due to losses within non-significant components of the Group. 
Key audit matters
Revenue recognition – completeness of customer arrangement accruals
2023
2022
Materiality
Group financial statements as a whole
£3.6m (2022: £2.3m) based on 1% of group revenue (2022: 5% of the average Profit before tax 
over the previous three year period).
An overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including the Group’s 
system of internal control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. We also addressed 
the risk of management override of internal controls, including assessing whether there was evidence of bias by the 
Directors that may have represented a risk of material misstatement.
A full scope audit was completed by the Group audit team in respect of three significant components. For the four non-
significant components identified, the Group audit team performed specified audit procedures over certain in-scope 
balances in relation to three of these. The financial information of the remaining non-significant component was subject 
to desktop review procedures. Except for inventory counts completed by third party managed warehouses that were 
attended by BDO network firms in certain overseas locations, all audit and desktop review procedures were completed by 
the Group audit team.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) that we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit 
strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of the engagement team. The matter was 
addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we 
do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
109

Key audit matter 
How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter
Revenue recognition 
– completeness of 
customer arrangement 
accruals 
£17.4m (2022: £10.8m) 
accruals for customer 
arrangements included 
in Accruals in note 
17: Trade and other 
payables)
Note 1 sets out the 
accounting policies for 
customer arrangements 
under the Revenue 
Recognition policy
Note 2 sets out the 
Critical accounting 
estimates and 
judgements for customer 
arrangements
The Group agrees promotional sales-
related discount arrangements with 
certain distributors and customers 
and, for some agreements, also 
contributes towards marketing and 
campaign expenditure to support and 
develop the Fever-Tree brand. 
The accounting for these 
arrangements is complex and 
judgemental. This gives rise to scope 
for misstatement in the measurement 
and recognition. As these amounts 
are material and revenue is a key 
performance indicator, we consider 
there to be a risk of management 
override. Management could 
manipulate reported revenue and 
profit through incomplete recording of 
the discounts and contributions. 
Due to the significance of the impact 
of these arrangements on revenue 
and profit, and the level of judgement 
and estimate required, we therefore 
identified completeness of customer 
arrangement accruals as a significant 
area of focus for our audit and hence a 
key audit matter.
Our audit procedures included the following:
•	 We selected a sample of significant new and modified 
contracts with customers and distributors, and 
obtained an understanding of the arrangements 
in place together with management’s accounting 
treatment of them. We challenged whether the 
accounting treatment of these contracts were in 
accordance with the relevant accounting standards. 
•	 We tested a sample of revenue and marketing expense 
entries back to agreed arrangements with customers 
and distributors. This enabled us to check whether 
the Group’s accounting policy had been correctly 
applied. 
•	 We tested whether amounts were recorded in the 
correct accounting period, by recalculating a sample 
of accruals for both marketing commitments and 
price arrangements in place around the year end. 
•	 We obtained corroborative third-party evidence or 
suitable documentation prepared by the Group to 
confirm the accounting treatment for these customer 
arrangements, including around year end to confirm 
that they have been recognised in the correct 
accounting period. 
Key observations:
Based on our audit procedures we have not identified 
evidence of inappropriate management override in 
the recording or presentation of revenue relating to 
customer arrangements, and consider the judgements 
made by management in the completeness and accuracy 
of recognising these arrangements to be appropriate.
Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements. We consider materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions, could 
influence the economic decisions of reasonable users that are taken on the basis of the financial statements. 
In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a 
lower materiality level, performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, misstatements 
below these levels will not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified 
misstatements, and the particular circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the financial 
statements as a whole. 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED
TO THE MEMBERS OF FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
110

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and performance 
materiality as follows:
Group financial statements
Parent company financial statements
2023 £m
2022 £m
2023 £m
2022 £m
Materiality
3.6
2.3
1.7
0.7
Basis for 
determining 
materiality
1% of revenue
5% of 3 year average profit 
before tax
Restricted to below 2% of total assets 
(to reduce aggregation risk). 
Rationale for 
the benchmark 
applied
We have reviewed several KPIs 
used by management and the 
Group’s key stakeholders. 
We consider the growth of 
the brand to be the most 
significant KPI and have 
therefore determined revenue 
as the most appropriate basis 
for materiality. 
A key factor underlying 
the change is to ensure the 
materiality appropriately 
reflects the scale of the 
business, which enables 
the audit team to identify 
significant areas for 
audit focus.
In the prior year, we 
considered the benchmark of 
profit before tax as the most 
relevant measure of financial 
performance and the key 
metric for users of the Groups’ 
financial statements. 
This is no longer deemed to 
be an appropriate measure 
for basing materiality due to 
the significant fluctuations 
in the price of raw materials 
rendering profit before tax a 
volatile measure.  
We consider an asset based measure 
to best reflect the nature of the Parent 
Company which acts as a holding 
company for the Group’s investments
in subsidiary undertakings.
Performance 
materiality
2.52
1.61
1.19
0.49
Basis for 
determining 
performance 
materiality
70% of materiality 
Rationale for 
the percentage 
applied for 
performance 
materiality
Based on our experience and knowledge of the Group and Parent Company, 
Group structure, planned testing approach, and history of misstatements.
Component materiality
For the purposes of our Group audit opinion, we set materiality for each significant component of the Group based on 
a percentage of between 47% (2022: 30%) and 90% (2022: 90%) of Group materiality dependent on the size and our 
assessment of the risk of material misstatement of that component. Component materiality ranged from £1.7m (2022: 
£0.7m) to £3.2m (2021: £2.1m). In the audit of each component, we further applied performance materiality levels of 
70% of the component materiality to our testing to ensure that the risk of errors exceeding component materiality was 
appropriately mitigated.
Reporting threshold 
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all individual audit differences in excess of £125,000 
(2022: £90,000). We also agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on 
qualitative grounds.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
111

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED
TO THE MEMBERS OF FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC
Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in 
the annual report and accounts other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on 
the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our 
report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information 
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or 
our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such 
material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a 
material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that 
there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
Corporate governance statement
As the Group has voluntarily adopted the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 we are required to review the Directors’ 
statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate Governance Statement 
relating to the Parent Company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Statement specified for 
our review. 
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate 
Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit.
Going concern and longer-term viability
•	 The Directors’ statement with regards the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any 
material uncertainties identified (set out on page 103); and
•	 The Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the entity’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the 
period is appropriate (set out on page 71).
Other Code provisions
•	 Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 103; 
•	 Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks (set out on page 103); 
•	 The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control 
systems (set out on pages 66 to 71); and
•	 The section describing the work of the Audit Committee (set out on pages 82 to 85).
Other Companies Act 2006 reporting
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, we are required by 
the Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as described below. 
Strategic report and Directors’ report 
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
•	 the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
•	 the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and its environment obtained in the 
course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.
Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to 
report to you if, in our opinion:
•	 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or
•	 the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
•	 certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•	 we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
112

Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control 
as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going 
concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and 
are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
Extent to which the audit was capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line 
with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. 
The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:
Non-compliance with laws and regulations
Based on:
•	 Our understanding of the Group and the industry in which it operates;
•	 Discussion with management, those charged with governance, internal legal counsel, and the Audit Committee;
•	 Obtaining an understanding of the Group’s policies and procedures regarding compliance with laws and regulations; and
•	 We considered the significant laws and regulations to be the applicable financial reporting frameworks (UK adopted 
international accounting standards, FRS 101 and the Companies Act 2006), the UK Corporate Governance Code), relevant 
tax compliance regulations, the AIM rules.  
The Group is also subject to laws and regulations where the consequence of non-compliance could have a material effect 
on the amount or disclosures in the financial statements, for example through the imposition of fines or litigations. We 
identified such laws and regulations to be the health and safety legislation and employment law in the jurisdictions in 
which the group operates.
Our procedures in respect of the above included:
•	 Review of minutes of meeting of those charged with governance for any instances of non-compliance with laws 
and regulations;
•	 Review of correspondence with regulatory and tax authorities for any instances of non-compliance with laws 
and regulations;
•	 Review of financial statement disclosures and agreeing to supporting documentation;
•	 Involvement of corporate tax, VAT, and employment tax specialists and experts in the audit; and
•	 Review of legal expenditure accounts to understand the nature of expenditure incurred.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
113

Fraud
We assessed the susceptibility of the financial statements to material misstatement, including fraud. Our risk assessment 
procedures included:
•	 Enquiry with management, those charged with governance, the Audit Committee, and internal audit regarding any 
known or suspected instances of fraud;
•	 Obtaining an understanding of the Group’s policies and procedures relating to:
	
– Detecting and responding to the risks of fraud; and 
	
– Internal controls established to mitigate risks related to fraud. 
•	 Review of minutes of meeting of those charged with governance for any known or suspected instances of fraud;
•	 Discussion amongst the engagement team as to how and where fraud might occur in the financial statements;
•	 Performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of 
material misstatement due to fraud; 
•	 Considering remuneration incentive schemes and performance targets and the related financial statement areas 
impacted by these.
Based on our risk assessment, we considered the areas most susceptible to fraud to be through management override of 
controls and revenue recognition – customer arrangements.
Our procedures in respect of the above included:
•	 Testing a sample of journal entries, focusing on journal entries containing characteristics of audit interest, year-end 
consolidation journals, journals processed by users with privileged IT systems access rights and those relating to revenue. 
•	 Involvement of forensic specialists in the audit to inform our fraud risk assessment.
•	 Testing and challenging the key estimates and judgements, including in revenue recognition, made by management 
in preparing the financial statements for indications of bias or management override when presenting the results and 
financial position of the Group.
We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team 
members who were all deemed to have appropriate competence and capabilities and remained alert to any indications 
of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations throughout the audit. 
Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of material misstatement in the financial statements, recognising 
that the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting 
from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion. 
There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures performed and the further removed non-compliance with laws 
and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we are to become 
aware of it.
A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent Company’s members 
those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Parent Company and the Parent 
Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Sophia Michael 
Senior Statutory Auditor
For and on behalf of BDO LLP,
Statutory Auditor
London, UK
25 March 2024
BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales (with registered number OC305127).
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED
TO THE MEMBERS OF FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
114

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
Note
2023
£m
2022
£m
Revenue
4
364.4
344.3
Cost of sales
(247.4)
(225.5)
Gross profit
117.0
118.8
Administrative expenses
(96.2)
(88.2)
Adjusted EBITDA
30.5
39.7
Depreciation
11 & 13
(6.3)
(4.3)
Amortisation
12
(1.7)
(1.5)
Share based payment charges
21
(1.7)
(3.3)
Operating profit
5
20.8
30.6
Finance income
7
2.0
0.8
Finance expense
7
(0.6)
(0.4)
Profit before tax
22.2
31.0
Tax expense
8
(6.8)
(6.1)
Profit for the year
15.4
24.9
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Foreign currency translation difference of foreign operations
–
(0.1)
Effective portion of cash flow hedges
0.3
(0.3)
Related tax
–
–
Total other comprehensive income
0.3
(0.4)
Total comprehensive income for the year
15.7
24.5
Earnings per share
Basic (pence)
9
13.20
21.36
Diluted (pence)
9
13.18
21.32
 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
115

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
Note
2023
£m
2022
£m
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
11
23.7
25.6
Intangible assets
12
58.2
53.2
Deferred tax asset
19
1.7
1.9
Other non-current assets
16
4.3
1.8
Total non-current assets
87.9
82.5
Current assets
Inventories
15
67.6
60.1
Trade and other receivables
16
91.5
72.4
Derivative financial instruments
18
0.6
–
Corporation tax asset
6.2
1.3
Cash and cash equivalents
59.9
95.3
Total current assets
225.8
229.1
Total assets
313.7
311.6
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
17
(55.3)
(51.3)
Derivative financial instruments
18
–
(1.8)
Lease liabilities
13
(3.4)
(3.4)
Corporation tax liability
(2.1)
(0.8)
Total current liabilities
(60.8)
(57.3)
Non-current liabilities
Other payables – Long term
(0.3)
–
Lease liabilities – Long term 
13
(11.8)
(13.5)
Deferred tax liability
19
(3.0)
(1.6)
Total non-current liabilities
(15.1)
(15.1)
Total liabilities
(75.9)
(72.4)
Net assets 
237.8
239.2
Equity attributable to equity holders of the company
Share capital
20
0.3
0.3
Share premium
22
54.8
54.8
Capital redemption reserve
22
0.1
0.1
Cash flow hedge reserve
22
(0.2)
(0.5)
Translation reserve
22
(0.3)
(0.3)
Retained earnings
22
183.1
184.8
Total equity
237.8
239.2
The financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 25 March 2024 and were 
signed on its behalf by:
Andrew Branchflower
Chief Financial Officer
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
116

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
 
Share 
capital
£m
Share 
premium
£m
Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£m
Cash flow 
hedge reserve
£m
Translation 
reserve
£m
Retained 
earnings
£m
Total
£m
Equity as at 31 December 2021
0.3
54.8
0.1
(0.2)
(0.2)
226.8
281.6
Profit for the year
–
–
–
–
–
24.9
24.9
Foreign currency translation 
difference of foreign operations
–
–
–
–
(0.1)
–
(0.1)
Other comprehensive income
–
–
–
(0.3)
–
–
(0.3)
Total comprehensive income for the year
–
–
–
(0.3)
(0.1)
24.9
24.5
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Dividends issued
–
–
–
–
–
(68.8)
(68.8)
Share based payments
–
–
–
–
–
3.3
3.3
Tax on share based payments
–
–
–
–
–
(1.4)
(1.4)
Shares issued
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Equity as at 31 December 2022
0.3
54.8
0.1
(0.5)
(0.3)
184.8
239.2
Profit for the year
–
–
–
–
–
15.4
15.4
Foreign currency translation 
difference of foreign operations
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Effective portion of cash flow hedges
–
–
– 
0.3
–
–
0.3
Total comprehensive income for the year
–
–
–
0.3
–
15.4
15.7
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Dividends issued
–
–
–
–
–
(19.1)
(19.1)
Share based payments
–
–
–
–
–
1.7
1.7
Tax on share based payments
–
–
–
–
–
0.3
0.3
Shares issued
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Equity as at 31 December 2023
0.3
54.8
0.1
(0.2)
(0.3)
183.1
237.8
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
117

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
Note
2023
£m
2022
£m
Operating activities
Profit before tax
22.2
31.0
Finance expense
7
0.6
0.4
Finance income
7
(2.0)
(0.8)
Depreciation
11 & 13
6.3
4.3
Amortisation of intangible assets
12
1.7
1.5
Share based payments
1.7
3.3
Increase/(decrease) in impairment losses 
on receivables and inventories net of recoveries 
15 & 16
0.5
(3.1)
Net exchange difference
3.2
–
34.2
36.6
Increase in trade and other receivables
16
(22.3)
(1.6)
Increase in inventories
15
(10.0)
(23.5)
Increase in trade and other payables
17
4.8
0.5
(Increase)/decrease in derivative asset/liability
18
(2.1)
2.4
(29.6)
(22.2)
Cash generated from operations
4.6
14.4
Income taxes paid
8
(8.4)
(5.9)
Net cash flows (used in)/from operating activities
(3.8)
8.5
Investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
 11
(2.6)
(4.6)
Interest received
7
2.0
0.8
Investment in intangible assets
12
(7.0)
(2.5)
Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired 
–
(3.7)
Net cash used in investing activities
(7.6)
(10.0)
Financing activities
Interest paid
7
(0.1)
(0.1)
Dividends paid
23
(19.1)
(68.8)
Payment of lease liabilities
13
(4.0)
(1.8)
Net cash used in financing activities
(23.2)
(70.7)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(34.6)
(72.2)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
95.3
166.2
Effect of movements in exchange rates on cash held
(0.8)
1.3
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
59.9
95.3
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
118

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
1. Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
Fevertree Drinks Plc (the ‘Company’) is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. 
It is a public company limited by shares, domiciled in England and Wales, in the United Kingdom. The address of its 
registered office is 186–188 Shepherds Bush Road London W6 7NL. These consolidated financial statements comprise 
the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the ‘Group’).
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting 
standards in conformity and compliance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
There are a number of amendments to accounting standards, or IFRIC interpretations that are effective for the year 
ended 31 December 2023. The Group has concluded that none of these amendments have a material impact on the 
consolidated financial statements:
•	 IFRS17 – Insurance Contracts.
•	 IAS8 – Definition of Accounting Estimates: Introduced definition of accounting estimates to distinguish changes
in accounting estimates from changes in accounting policies.
•	 IAS1 – Disclosure of Accounting Policies: Update from disclosure of significant accounting policies to material 
accounting policies.
•	 IAS12 – Deferred Tax Related to Assets and Liabilities Arising from a Single Transaction: Updating scope for 
exemption relating to leases and decommissioning obligations. 
The consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling. Amounts are presented in millions, rounded to the nearest 
£100,000, unless otherwise stated. Percentages presented are rounded to the nearest decimal, unless otherwise stated. 
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out below. 
The policies have been consistently applied to all of the years presented, unless otherwise stated.
Going Concern
On-going macroeconomic and geopolitical volatility that resulted in considerably high input costs seen throughout 
2023 have been reflected in the Directors’ assessment of the going concern basis of preparation. This has been 
considered by modelling the impact on the Group’s cashflow for the period to end of June 2025. In completing this 
exercise, the Directors established there were no plausible scenarios that would result in the Group no longer continuing 
as a going concern.
The Directors have concluded that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at least the 
12 months following the publication of the financial statements, that it is appropriate to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of preparation in the financial statements, that there is not a material uncertainty in relation to going 
concern and that there is no significant judgement involved in making that assessment.
Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed 
to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns 
through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred 
to the Group. 
Intragroup balances including unrealised profit in stock, where inventory purchased from Group companies has not been 
sold on to third parties, are eliminated upon consolidation.
Business combinations
Business combinations are reflected through the acquisition method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities, 
including intangible assets and contingent liabilities, are recognised at fair value as at the date of acquisition. 
The consideration payable is also measured at fair value. 
The difference between the fair value of consideration transferred and the identifiable net assets received is recognised 
as goodwill. Any payments to former owners, contingent on continued employment are recognised as administrative 
expenses as are all transaction related costs.
Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer. There are two main types of 
products which generate revenue– premium carbonated mixers and premium non-carbonated mixers. However, it is 
noted that revenue recognition policy for all products is the same given their similarity of arrangement.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
119

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
1. Accounting policies continued
Revenue recognition continued
Revenue is recognised when the Group’s performance obligations are fulfilled i.e., when control over goods is transferred 
to customers. Customers obtain control of the goods when they are delivered to and have been accepted at their premises 
or made available for ex-works collection, depending on individual customer arrangements. 
Invoices are generated at that point in time and are usually payable within 30 days. Revenue is recorded based on the 
price specified in sales invoices, net of any agreed discounts and rebates, and exclusive of value added tax on goods 
supplied to customers during the year.
There are a variety of discounts and rebates provided to customers, which are assessed on a case-by-case basis as to whether 
the resulting payment to customers is for a distinct good or service (such as marketing) or for a promotional discount. 
If a payment to a customer is judged to be for a distinct good or service, this is accounted for as a cost in administrative 
expenses. If the payment is judged to represent a discount, this is accounted for as a reduction in the underlying 
transaction price. Management restrict revenue to the amount that is highly unlikely to subsequently be reduced by 
promotion or discount. Accruals are included in the consolidated statement of financial position in respect of expected 
amounts necessary to meet the claims of the Group’s customers based on discount and rebate agreements in place. 
None of the discounts or rebates result in a material right being provided to the customer, as there are no cases where 
customers are given the option to purchase at a discount in the future as a result of their historical purchases. 
Returns are permitted in limited circumstances.
Expenditure
Expenditure is recognised in respect of goods and services received when supplied in accordance with contractual terms. 
A provision is made when a present obligation exists for a future liability relating to a past event and where the amount 
of the obligation can be reliably estimated.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on the acquisition of a business represents any excess of the fair value of the consideration over the fair 
value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired. The identifiable assets and liabilities acquired are incorporated 
into the consolidated financial statements at their fair value.
Goodwill is not amortised but tested for impairment annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in profit or 
loss and is not subsequently reversed. On disposal of a business, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the 
determination of the profit or loss on disposal. 
Impairment of non-financial assets
Impairment tests on goodwill, other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and assets under construction are 
undertaken annually at the reporting date. Other non-financial assets are subject to impairment tests if there is any 
indication of impairment. Where the carrying value of an asset is judged to exceed its recoverable amount (i.e. the higher 
of value in use or the fair value less costs to sell), the asset is written down accordingly. With the exception of goodwill, all 
assets are subsequently reassessed for indications that an impairment loss previously recognised may no longer exist.
Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the impairment test is carried out on 
the asset’s cash generating unit (i.e. the lowest group of assets, in which the asset belongs, for which there are separately 
identifiable cash flows). Goodwill is allocated on initial recognition to each of the Group’s cash-generating units that are 
expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination giving rise to the goodwill.
Impairment charges, and the reversal of previous impairment charges, are expensed/credited to profit or loss. 
An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed.
Externally acquired intangible assets
Externally acquired intangible assets, including software, are initially recognised at cost and subsequently amortised 
on a straight-line basis over their useful economic lives.
The amortisation expense for both externally acquired and internally generated intangible assets is recognised within 
administrative expenses and charged as follows:
Computer Software – 20% per annum straight-line
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
120

1. Accounting policies continued
Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are identified and recognised separately from goodwill where they 
satisfy the definition of an intangible asset. The cost of such intangible assets is their fair value at the acquisition date 
and comprises the Group’s brand names and customer relationships acquired. All intangible assets acquired through 
business combination are amortised over their estimated useful lives. 
The significant intangibles recognised by the Group, their useful economic lives and the methods used to determine the 
cost of the intangibles acquired in a business combination are as follows:
Intangible asset
Useful economic life 
Brands 
20 years 
Customer relationships
10 years
Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are measured at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and, where appropriate, provision for impairment in value. Amortisation is included within 
administrative expenses.
Intangible assets under development 
Costs that are directly attributable to the development phase of an asset are initially recognised at cost and are not 
amortised until after the asset has been put into use. Costs (such as labour costs) pertaining to the development of 
intangible assets are also capitalised in alignment with IAS 38 up to the point that the asset is ready for use. Subsequent 
labour costs incurred during the testing phase of the asset are expensed as staff costs.
Property, plant and equipment
Items of property, plant and equipment are initially recognised at cost. As well as the purchase price, cost includes 
directly attributable costs. Subsequently, property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less the accumulated 
depreciation and, where appropriate, provision for impairment in value or estimated loss on disposal.
Depreciation is provided on all items of property, plant and equipment so as to write off their carrying value over the 
expected useful economic lives. It is included within administrative expenses and is charged at the following rates:
Leasehold assets/right of use assets – over the life of the lease
Fixtures and fittings – 33% per annum straight-line
Re-usable packaging – 20% per annum straight-line
Plant, equipment, and vehicles – 10%–20% per annum straight-line
Cash and cash equivalents
Included within cash and cash equivalents are demand deposits and short-term deposits used for short-term cash 
requirements. The carrying amount of these assets approximates to their fair value. 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
121

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
1. Accounting policies continued
Financial assets
The Group classifies its financial assets into the categories, discussed below, based upon the purpose for which the 
asset was acquired. The Group has not classified any of its financial assets as fair value through other comprehensive 
income (FVOCI).
Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)
This category comprises only in-the-money derivatives (see ‘Financial liabilities’ section for out-of-the-money 
derivatives) not used for hedge accounting purposes. They are carried in the consolidated statement of financial position 
at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Other than 
these derivative financial instruments, the Group does not have any assets classified as FVTPL.
Amortised Cost
The Group’s assets at amortised cost comprise trade and other receivables included within the consolidated statement 
of financial position and cash and cash equivalents including cash held at bank.
Trade and other receivables are classified as financial assets at amortised cost as they are held only with the purpose 
of collecting the contractual cash flows. They arise principally through the provision of services to customers 
(e.g. trade receivables), where the contractual cash flows comprise only the invoiced amounts, but also incorporate 
other types of contractual monetary assets in which payments comprise only principal and interest.
They are initially recognised at fair value plus, where relevant, directly attributable transactions costs and are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less provision for impairment.
Impairment provisions are recognised based on the expected credit loss model, with the amount of such a provision 
being the difference between the net carrying amount and the present value of the future expected cash flows associated 
with the impaired receivable. For trade receivables, which are reported net, such provisions are recorded in a separate 
allowance account with the loss being recognised separately in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income. On confirmation that the trade receivables will not be collectable, the gross carrying value of the 
asset is written off against the associated provision. 
Financial liabilities
The Group classifies its financial liabilities into one of two categories, depending on the purpose for which the liability 
was acquired.
Fair value through profit or loss
This category comprises only out-of-the-money derivatives (see ‘Financial assets’ for in-the-money derivatives) not used 
for hedge accounting purposes. They are carried in the consolidated statement of financial position at fair value with 
changes in fair value recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Other than these derivative 
financial instruments, the Group does not have any assets classified as FVTPL.
Other financial liabilities
The Group’s other financial liabilities comprise bank loans, trade payables and other borrowings, including short-term 
monetary liabilities. Bank loans are initially recognised at fair value net of any transaction costs directly attributable 
to the issue of the instrument. Such interest-bearing liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest rate method, which ensures that any interest expense over the period to repayment is at a constant 
rate on the balance of the liability carried in the consolidated statement of financial position. The interest expense 
includes initial transaction costs and premiums payable on redemption, as well as any interest coupon payable while the 
liability is outstanding.
Trade payables, other borrowings and other short-term monetary liabilities, which are initially recognised at fair value, 
are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
Hedge accounting
The Group designates a portion of its derivatives as cash flow hedges, hedging the currency risk of highly probable 
forecast future sales transactions by utilising forward contracts. The forward rate designation accounting approach 
is used, which includes the forward element of the derivative in the hedge designation. Changes in fair value of the 
effective portion of the hedge accounted derivatives are recognised in other comprehensive income before being recycled 
to the statement of profit or loss when the forecasted cash flow affects the profit or loss. Hedge effectiveness is forward 
looking and is tested on an ongoing basis. The Group utilises critical terms matching to assess effectiveness and any 
ineffectiveness is recognised immediately in the profit or loss. 
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
122

1. Accounting policies continued
Share capital
Financial instruments issued by the Group are treated as equity only to the extent that they do not meet the definition 
of a financial liability. The Group’s ordinary shares are classified as equity instruments.
Leased assets
When entering into a contract the Group assesses whether or not a lease exists. A lease exists if a contract conveys a right 
to control the use of an identified asset under a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Group has elected not 
to separate non-lease components for the lease of office land and buildings. Leases of low value items and short-term 
leases (leases of less than 12 months at the commencement date) are charged to the profit or loss on a straight-line basis 
over the lease term in administrative expenses. Any renegotiations of leased assets are accounted for based on the nature 
of the modification to the lease contract. 
The Group recognises right-of-use assets as the amount of the initial lease liability at the lease commencement 
date, based on the present value of future lease payments. Where applicable, this is adjusted for any lease incentives 
received, and direct costs and lease payments incurred prior to or at commencement of the lease. Right of use assets 
are depreciated on a straight-line basis in line with the Group’s accounting policy for property, plant and equipment. 
The lease liabilities are recognised at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Discount rates used reflect 
the incremental borrowing rate specific to the lease.
Where the contract terms of a lease have changed during the year, these are treated as modifications to the original lease, 
with an adjustment made to both the right of use asset, and the lease liability. The discount rate applied is reassessed 
on each lease modification.
Deferred taxation
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised where the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the consolidated 
statement of financial position differs from its tax base, except for differences arising on:
•	 the initial recognition of goodwill;
•	 the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and at the time of the 
transaction affects neither accounting or taxable profit; and
•	 investments in subsidiaries where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the difference and it is 
probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances where it is probable that taxable profit will be available 
against which the difference can be utilised. 
The amount of the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the 
reporting date and are expected to apply when the deferred tax liabilities or assets are settled or recovered. Deferred tax 
balances are not discounted.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets 
and liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to taxes levied by the same tax authority on either:
•	 the same taxable group company; or
•	 different company entities which intend either to settle current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis, or to realise the 
assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in which significant amounts of deferred tax assets 
and liabilities are expected to be settled or recovered.
Deferred tax is recognised as income or an expense and included in profit or loss for the period except in relation to 
deferred tax on share based payments. If the amount of a future tax deduction exceeds the amount of the cumulative 
remuneration expense, the excess of the associated deferred tax is recognised directly in equity.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
123

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
1. Accounting policies continued 
Inventories
Inventories are initially recognised at cost, and subsequently at the lower of cost and net realisable value after making 
allowance for obsolete and slow-moving items.
Weighted average cost is used to determine the cost of ordinarily interchangeable items by considering the cost of similar 
items at the beginning of the period and the cost of similar items purchased or produced during the period.
Operating segments
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating 
decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Board of Directors.
The Board considers that although the Group’s activity is generated from global sales across four regions (as shown 
in the Chairman’s statement and note 4), there is ultimately one overarching reporting and operating segment. This is 
due to the key decisions and allocation of resources happening in a centralised manner; with the majority of the costs for 
the Group incurred by operations led from the Group’s head office. Management reviews the performance of the Group 
by reference to total results against budget.
The total profit measures are operating profit, adjusted EBITDA and profit for the year, all disclosed on the face of the 
profit or loss. No differences exist between the basis of preparation of the performance measures used by management 
and the figures in the Group financial statements.
Adjusted EBITDA
Operating profit is adjusted for a number of non-cash items, including amortisation of the Fever-Tree brand intangible 
acquired in March 2013 and other intangible assets, depreciation, and the share based payment charge which recognises 
the fair value of share options granted. 
The intention is for adjusted EBITDA to provide a comparable, year on year indicator of underlying trading and 
operational performance, without considering the impact of financing, volatile share price performance or investing 
activities Adjusted EBITDA is the Group’s primary alternative performance measure (APM). This is not included as a 
defined measure within the International Financial Reporting Standards. 
Share based payments
Where share options are awarded to employees, the fair value of the option at the date of grant is charged to the profit 
or loss over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of equity 
instruments expected to vest at each reporting date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over the 
vesting period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. Market vesting conditions are factored into the fair 
value of the options granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, a charge is made irrespective of whether 
the market vesting conditions are satisfied. 
Where share options are cancelled, their remaining unamortised fair value is fully written off through the profit or loss.
Foreign currency
Functional and presentation currency
The consolidated financial statements of the Group are presented in Pound Sterling. The presentation currency of the 
consolidated financial statements is the same as the functional currency of the Company, being Pound Sterling. 
Transactions and balances
Transactions entered into by Group entities in a currency other than the currency of the primary economic environment 
in which they operate (their ‘functional currency’) are recorded at the rates ruling when the transactions occur. Foreign 
currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the rates ruling at the reporting date. Exchange differences 
arising on the retranslation of unsettled monetary assets and liabilities are recognised immediately in the profit or loss.
Foreign operations
The profit or loss and statement of cash flows of foreign operations are translated at the average rate of exchange during 
the period. The statement of financial position of a foreign operation is translated at the ruling rate at the reporting date. 
Exchange differences arising on opening net assets and arising on the translation of results at an average rate compared 
to a closing rate are both recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the translation reserve.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
124

2. Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Management has made estimates and accounting judgements within the financial statements; these are reviewed 
regularly and revisions to estimates are recognised prospectively. 
Customer arrangements
An element of judgement is involved in determining whether payments to customers are in exchange for a distinct good 
or service under IFRS 15 or are instead a reduction in transaction price, namely in relation to discretionary marketing 
spend with our Europe and Rest of World distributors.
Management carefully assesses what is received in each individual arrangement with customers to determine the 
correct accounting treatment. In the absence of clear evidence to the contrary, payments to customers are recognised 
as reductions to revenue. Management restricts revenue recognised to the amount that is highly unlikely to subsequently 
be reduced by customer arrangements.
There is an element of judgement in determining whether all customer accruals have been recorded in the period. 
Invoicing from customers relating to revenue reductions is not in the control of the Group, so management needs to 
make their best estimate on what invoices are likely to be raised by customers relating to activity undertaken by them 
in the year.
Other receivables 
Judgement has been applied on the likelihood and value of settlement of an insurance claim relating to damaged stock. 
All relevant circumstances have been taken into account when determining the receivable value.
Inventory provision
Under IAS2, inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value, and as such are subject to estimates 
around the provision applied to certain inventory items. The level of provision recorded is subject to estimation 
uncertainty when determining the expected sales price of goods to customers in future, as well as assessing if items are 
slow-moving or obsolete.
Impairment assessments
As required by IAS 36, all goodwill is tested annually for impairment. This is achieved by comparing the carrying amount 
of goodwill to the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. 
Judgement is required in determining the value in use of the relevant cash generating units when applying the fair value 
less costs to sell (FVLCTS) model. These judgements include a determination of revenue growth, profitability, period of 
assessment and discount rate used. Management considers a range of potential inputs for each of these to ensure that the 
conclusion reached is appropriate. 
Lease liability and right of use assets
The present value of future lease payments determines the recognition value of lease liability and right of use assets. 
IFRS 16 requires that the period considered for this calculation to be the period of the contract term, together with any 
options to extend or terminate if that extension or termination is likely to be exercised. Judgement is therefore required 
to determine a likely lease length per lease term. 
Estimated credit loss provision
The measurement of estimated credit losses for trade receivables requires the use of assumptions about future 
macroeconomic conditions and credit behaviour and the impact that these have on specific customer behaviour, such 
as the likelihood of customers defaulting and the resulting losses. During the 2023 year, the Group assessed the default 
risk on a customer level and assigned a likelihood of default across all outstanding invoices, irrelevant of the age 
of such invoices.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
125

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
3. Financial instruments and Risk Management
The Board has overall responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk management objectives and policies. 
The overall objective of the Board is to set policies that seek to reduce risk as far as possible without unduly affecting the 
Group’s competitiveness and flexibility.
All funding requirements and financial risks are managed based on policies and procedures adopted by the Board 
of Directors. The Group uses derivative financial instruments including forward currency contracts to manage 
its exposure to certain financial risks.
The Group is exposed to the following financial risks:
•	 Credit risk
•	 Liquidity risk
•	 Pricing risk
•	 Market risk
The Group is exposed to risks that arise from its use of financial instruments. The principal financial instruments used 
by the Group, from which financial instrument risk arises, are as follows:
•	 Trade and other receivables
•	 Cash and cash equivalents
•	 Trade and other payables
•	 Forward currency contracts
To the extent that financial instruments are not carried at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial position, 
the carrying values approximate fair values at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022.
Financial instruments by category
Financial assets
Financial assets at fair value
Financial assets at amortised cost
2023
£m
2022
£m
2023
£m
2022
£m
Cash and cash equivalents 
–
–
59.9
95.3
Trade and other receivables 
–
–
83.6
64.2
Derivative financial instruments in cash flow hedges
0.1
–
–
–
Other derivative financial instruments
0.5
–
–
–
Total financial assets
0.6
–
143.5
159.5
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities at fair value
Financial liabilities at amortised cost
2023
 £m
2022 
£m
2023 
£m
2022 
£m
Trade and other payables
–
–
55.0
50.4
Lease liabilities
–
–
15.2
16.9
Loans and borrowings
–
–
–
–
Derivative financial instruments in cash flow hedges
–
(0.2)
–
–
Other derivative financial assets 
–
(1.6)
–
–
Total financial liabilities
–
(1.8)
70.2
67.3
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
126

3. Financial instruments and Risk Management continued
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet 
its contractual obligations. The Group is mainly exposed to credit risk from credit sales. At 31 December 2023 the Group 
has net trade receivables of £77.8m (2022: £62.5m).
The Group is exposed to credit risk in respect of these balances such that, if one or more customers encounter financial 
difficulties, this could materially and adversely affect the Group’s financial results. In order to minimise this risk, 
the Group endeavours only to deal with companies which are demonstrably creditworthy and this, together with the 
aggregate financial exposure, is continuously monitored. Companies which are not deemed to be creditworthy can only 
deal with the Group on a prepayment basis.
The Group further mitigates credit risk by undertaking credit insurance through ‘A’ credit rated underwriters for 
some of its receivable balances. Supply of products by members of the Group results in trade receivables, which the 
management consider to be of low risk; other receivables are likewise considered to be low risk. The management do not 
consider that there is any concentration of risk within either trade or other receivables.
The Group performs an expected credit loss assessment for all trade receivables to calculate a provision for expected 
credit loss, based on historical credit loss information, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. 
The simplified approach is used, in accordance with IFRS 9. The resulting provision in respect of outstanding balances 
at 31 December 2023 is not material. 
Trade receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery; indicators of this include 
the counterparty going into administration or receivership.
Credit risk on cash and cash equivalents is considered to be low as the counterparties are all substantial banks 
with investment grade credit ratings.
Liquidity risk 
Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital. It is the risk that the Group will encounter 
difficulty in meeting its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group actively manages its cash generation and 
maintains sufficient cash holdings to cover its immediate obligations.
The Group actively manages its cash and currently holds substantial cash balances in Sterling, US Dollars and 
AUD Dollars and Euros. The Group should have access to additional equity funding if it was required. Trade and other 
payables are monitored as part of normal management routine. 
The contractual maturity profile (undiscounted) of the Group’s financial liabilities and derivatives is set out below. 
31 December 2023
Within one year
 £m
One to two years
 £m
Two to five years
 £m
Over five years
 £m
Trade and other payables
55.0
–
–
–
Lease liabilities
3.9
3.9
7.2
1.4
Derivative financial instruments outflow
127.7
–
–
–
Derivative financial instruments (inflow)
(128.3)
–
–
–
31 December 2022
Within one year
 £m
One to two years 
£m
Two to five years 
£m
Over five years 
£m
Trade and other payables
50.4
–
–
–
Lease liabilities
3.8
12.6
1.6
–
Derivative financial instruments outflow
100.4
–
–
–
Derivative financial instruments (inflow)
(98.6)
–
–
–
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
127

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
3. Financial instruments and Risk Management continued
Liquidity risk continued
Pricing risk
Pricing risk is the risk that oscillation in the price of key input costs will affect the profitability of the business. 
The Group manages this risk by agreeing long-term prices with suppliers where possible.
Market risk
Market risk arises from the Group’s interest-bearing, tradable and foreign currency financial instruments. It is the risk 
that the fair value, or future cash flows, of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in the interest rates 
(interest rate risk) or foreign exchange rates (foreign exchange risk).
(a) Interest rate risk
The Group’s policy is to balance exposure to interest rate risk with the cost and flexibility of funding. This policy is 
managed centrally. The requirement for interest rate hedging is reviewed periodically, being a mechanism available to 
manage interest rate risk. These reviews acknowledge that interest rate hedges will not necessarily protect the Group 
from the risk of paying rates in excess of current market rates nor eliminate cash flow risk associated with the variability 
in interest payments.
Judgements are therefore exercised in the context of the market and the materiality of the potential risk compared to the 
cost. The Group does not currently have any debt facilities, nor does it engage in interest rate hedging.
(b) Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange risk is the risk that movements in exchange rates affect the profitability of the business. The Group is 
exposed to transaction foreign exchange risk as it operates predominantly within the USA and Europe where transactions 
are denominated in US Dollars and Euros respectively. The exposure is limited to the extent to which there is a mismatch 
between the currencies in which sales, purchases, receivables and borrowings are denominated and the respective 
functional currencies of Group companies. 
Forward contracts are used to manage foreign exchange risk. Those financial assets in currencies other than Sterling may 
be the subject of economic hedging arrangements using forward contracts. Receivables are carried in the consolidated 
statement of financial position at the rate of exchange at the period end. The derivative instruments are carried at fair 
value with that value being the contract value at the reporting date.
At 31 December 2023 there were commitments to purchase foreign currency exchange forward contracts with a total 
Sterling value of approximately £128.3m (2022: £100.4m) mainly in Euros and US Dollars. All contracts mature within 
12 months of the reporting date.
Commitments to sell/(purchase) foreign currency exchange forward contracts:
2023
 £m
2022 
£m
USD
66.7
57.1
EUR
44.0
30.5
CAD
2.1
3.3
AUD
15.5
9.5
128.3
100.4
Although the Board accepts that this policy does not protect the Group entirely from currency risk or from incurring an 
exchange rate in the future that is adverse to the then spot rate in operation, it considers that it achieves an appropriate 
balance against exposure to the risk. 
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
128

3. Financial instruments and Risk Management continued
Liquidity risk continued
Market risk continued
(b) Foreign exchange risk continued
The summary quantitative data about the Group’s exposure to currency risk (before the effect of balance sheet hedging) 
is as follows. This includes intragroup balances which eliminate on consolidation.
2023
Currency in m
2022
Currency in m
Euro
USD
Euro
USD
Receivables
33.9
78.0
28.2
60.5
Payables
(3.1)
(2.2)
(9.6)
(1.3)
Cash
7.2
8.4
7.3
2.4
Total
38.0
84.2
25.9
61.6
Effect of cash flow hedges
At 31 December 2023, the Group held derivatives with a notional value of £16.2m (2022: £14.7m) designated as 
hedging instruments for cash flow hedging purposes. They all have maturities in 2024 and have a range of hedged rates 
between EUR 1.12–1.16 and USD 1.22–1.28.
In respect of cash flow hedges the Group has recognised a net gain of £0.3m (2022: £0.3m loss) in other comprehensive 
income in the year due to changes in fair value, amounts transferred to profit and loss, and deferred tax related to 
hedging instruments. A loss of £40k (2022: £2.0m loss) has been transferred out of other comprehensive income to net 
revenue to offset the foreign exchange impact on the underlying transactions.
There was no ineffectiveness recognised in the year.
Capital management
The Group’s capital is made up of share capital, retained earnings and other reserves.
The Group’s objectives when maintaining capital are:
•	 to safeguard the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can continue to provide returns for 
shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders; and
•	 to provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk.
The capital structure of the Group consists of shareholders’ equity as set out in the consolidated statement of changes 
in equity. All working capital requirements are financed from existing cash resources.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
129

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
4. Revenue
Revenue streams
During the period, the Group acquired an additional revenue stream, being the sale of cocktail shakers, which has 
been disclosed in non-carbonated sales. This is in addition to the sale of premium carbonated mixers and premium 
non‑carbonated mixers.
An analysis of turnover by geographical market is given below:
2023 
£m
2022
 £m
United Kingdom
114.8
116.2
United States of America
117.0
95.6
Europe
105.4
101.0
Rest of the World
27.2
31.5
364.4
344.3
Analysis of carbonated and non-carbonated sales: 
2023 
2022 
Carbonated
99.2%
99.4% 
Non-carbonated 
0.8% 
0.6% 
 
100% 
100.0%
In the year ended 31 December 2023 the Group had no customers contributing in excess of 10% of the Group’s sales.
Contract balances
The following table provides information about receivables from contracts with customers. 
Note
31 December 2023
 £m
31 December 2022 
£m
Receivables, which are included in ‘trade and other receivables’
16
79.6
64.4
No information is provided about remaining performance obligations at 31 December 2023 that have an original 
expected duration of one year or less.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
130

5. Profit from operations 
Operating profit is stated after charging:
2023 
£m
2022 
£m
Foreign exchange loss/(gain)
0.7
(1.0)
Depreciation
6.3
4.3
Amortisation of intangible assets
1.7
1.5
Lease payments directly through profit or loss (short-term leases)
–
0.2
Logistics and warehousing
43.9
48.6
Discretionary marketing
33.9
34.0
Share-based payment charges
1.7
3.3
Insurance claim
(5.3)
–
Net remeasurement of expected credit loss allowance
0.4
(1.1)
An insurance claim relating to a product quality issue in the US has been recognised in cost of sales with a value of £3.6m and 
other operating income of £1.7m. These have been allocated against the original transactions that gave rise to the insurance 
claim. The claim has progressed to a sufficient degree to justify recognition under the relevant accounting standards.
Auditor’s remuneration:
2023
 £m
2022
 £m
Fees payable to Company’s Auditor and its associates 
for the audit of the Company and its subsidiaries
0.8
0.6
Non audit services
–
–
Non audit services of £nil (2022: £3,938). Fees of €65,000 (2022: €65,000) are payable to an associate of the Group’s 
Auditor for the local statutory audit of the German subsidiary.
6. Staff costs
2023
£m
2022
£m
Wages and salaries
30.6
27.6
Employers national insurance
3.2 
2.2 
Pensions
1.7 
1.1 
35.5 
30.9 
The average monthly number of employees (including Directors) during the period was as follows:
2023
2022
Sales and Marketing
165
133 
Production and Administration
205
169 
370 
302 
Directors’ remuneration included in staff costs
2023
£m
2022
£m
Salaries
1.4
1.2
Bonuses
0.2
0.2
1.6
1.4
Total remuneration regarding the highest paid Director was £0.6m (2022: £0.6m). The total remuneration regarding 
the highest paid Director includes the gain on exercise of share options (where applicable), which is not included in staff 
costs. There were no director exercises of share options in 2023. The Directors’ gain on exercise of share options was £nil 
(2022: £nil). All of the share options that vested in 2023 had performance criteria attached and as is disclosed in the 
single figure table, performance targets were not met for the 2020 grants that vested in 2023. 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
131

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
7. Finance income and expenses
2023 
£m
2022 
£m
Finance income
Interest income
2.0 
0.8 
2.0 
0.8 
Finance expense
Interest on lease liabilities
0.6 
0.2 
Bank loan interest and other charges
–
0.2 
0.6
0.4 
8. Income tax
2023 
£m
2022 
£m
Current tax expense
Current tax on profits for the period
4.1
6.8
Adjustment in respect of prior period
1.0
(0.1) 
5.1 
6.7 
Deferred tax expense
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
1.4 
– 
Adjustment in respect of prior period
0.3 
(0.6) 
Total tax expense
6.8
 6.1
The reasons for the difference between the actual tax charge for the year and the standard rate of corporation tax in the 
United Kingdom applied to profit for the year are as follows:
2023 
£m
2022 
£m
Profit for the year
22.2
31.0
Expected tax charge based on corporation tax rate of 23.5% in 2023 (19% in 2022)
5.2
5.9
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
0.2
0.6
Effect of tax rate change on opening balance 
0.1
–
Adjustment in respect of prior period
1.3
(0.6)
Differences in tax rates
–
0.2
Total tax expense
6.8
6.1
During the year corporation tax relief of £nil (2022: £nil) was recognised within equity in relation to share options 
exercised in the period. 
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
132

9. Earnings per share
2023 
£m
2022 
£m
Profit
Profit used in calculating basic and diluted EPS
15.4
24.9
Number of shares
Weighted average number of shares for the purpose of basic earnings per share
116,632,907
116,556,818
Weighted average number of dilutive employee share options outstanding
197,351
222,486
Weighted average number of shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share
116,830,258
116,779,304
Basic earnings per share (pence)
13.20
21.36
Diluted earnings per share (pence)
13.18
21.32
Normalised EPS
2023 
£m
2022 
£m
Profit
Reported profit before tax
22.2
31.0
Add back:
Amortisation
1.7 
1.5 
Adjusted profit before tax
23.9
32.5
Tax – assume standard rate (25%) (2022: 19%)
(6.0) 
(6.2) 
Normalised earnings
17.9
26.3
Number of shares
116,632,907 
116,556,818 
Normalised basic earnings per share (pence)
15.37
22.59
Number of diluted shares
116,830,258
116,779,304
Normalised diluted earnings per share (pence)
15.34
22.54
Normalised EPS is an APM in which earnings have been adjusted to exclude amortisation and the UK statutory tax rates 
in force at the year end have been applied (disregarding other tax adjusting items for comparability). The treatment is 
consistent period on period. This has been provided to assist users compare performance period to period, without the 
impact of amortisation. As this is an APM, this may not be comparable to other companies.
10. Non-current assets
Non-current assets by geographic location are as follows:
2023 
£m
2022 
£m
UK
56.4
46.1 
US
18.5 
19.6 
Europe
6.7 
13.1 
Rest of the World
0.3
–
Balance as at 31 December
81.9 
78.8 
Non-current assets exclude deferred tax and financial instruments. Non-current assets in Europe are substantially all 
situated in Germany.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
133

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
11. Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment comprises owned and leased assets, as follows:
2023 
£m
2022 
£m
Owned property, plant and equipment
9.1
9.1
Leased property, plant and equipment (right-of-use assets, see note 13)
14.6
16.5
Total property, plant and equipment
23.7
25.6
Owned property, plant and equipment is detailed as follows:
Leasehold property 
improvements 
£m
Re-usable packaging 
£m
Plant, equipment
 and vehicles 
£m
Fixtures
 and fittings 
£m
Totals 
£m
Cost
At 31 December 2021
0.9
11.6
0.6
1.1
14.2
Additions
–
1.0
2.9
0.7
4.6
Disposals
–
–
–
(0.1)
(0.1)
At 31 December 2022
0.9
12.6
3.5
1.7
18.7
Additions
0.1
1.4
1.1
0.2
2.8
Disposals
–
–
–
(0.1)
(0.1)
Exchange differences
–
–
(0.1)
–
(0.1)
At 31 December 2023
1.0
14.0
4.5
1.8
21.3
Depreciation
At 31 December 2021
0.7
5.3
0.4
0.9
7.3
Charge for the year
0.1
2.1
0.1
0.3
2.6
Disposals
–
–
–
(0.1)
(0.1)
Exchange differences
(0.1)
(0.1)
–
–
(0.2)
At 31 December 2022
0.7
7.3
0.5
1.1
9.6
Charge for the year
0.1
2.0
0.3
0.2
2.6
At 31 December 2023
0.8
9.3
0.8
1.3
12.2
Net book value
At 31 December 2023
0.2
4.7
3.7
0.5
9.1
At 31 December 2022
0.2
5.3
3.0
0.6
9.1
At 31 December 2021
0.2
6.3
0.2
0.2
6.9
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
134

12. Intangible assets
Goodwill
 £m
Brands 
£m
Customer 
relationships 
£m
Assets under 
development 
£m
Software 
£m
Totals 
£m
Cost
At 31 December 2021
32.2
14.4
7.4
0.9
0.3
55.2
Acquisition of P&M
4.2
–
–
–
–
4.2
Additions
–
–
–
2.4
0.1
2.5
Exchange differences
–
–
0.4
–
–
0.4
At 31 December 2022
36.4
14.4
7.8
3.3
0.4
62.3
Additions
–
–
–
7.0
–
7.0
Reclassifications
–
–
–
(1.5)
1.5
–
Exchange differences
(0.2)
–
(0.2)
–
–
(0.4)
At 31 December 2023
36.2
14.4
7.6
8.8
1.9
68.9
Amortisation
At 31 December 2021
–
6.3
1.1
–
0.1
7.5
Charge for the year
–
0.7
0.8
–
–
1.5
Exchange Differences
–
–
0.1
–
–
0.1
At 31 December 2022
–
7.0
2.0
–
0.1
9.1
Charge for the year
–
0.7
0.8
–
0.2
1.7
Exchange Differences
–
–
(0.1)
–
–
(0.1)
At 31 December 2023
–
7.7
2.7
–
0.3
10.7
Net book value
At 31 December 2023
36.2
6.7
4.9
8.8
1.6
58.2
At 31 December 2022
36.4
7.4
5.8
3.3
0.3
53.2
At 31 December 2021
32.2
8.1
6.3
0.9
0.2
47.7
Brands represent the fair value at the 12 March 2013 acquisition date of the ‘Fever-Tree’ brand. The fair value was 
determined by applying the ‘relief from royalty’ method to the estimated cash flows to be earned from the brand. 
The key management assumptions are around growth forecasts (over 20 years and at an ongoing growth rate of 3%), 
discount factors (a discount factor of 20% was used) and royalty percentage utilised. A brand useful life of 20 years 
is considered appropriate and projected cash flows have been discounted over this period.
Customer relationships represent the fair value on acquisition of the customer base of Global Drinks Partnership 
GmbH (GDP) on 1 July 2020. They were valued using the multi-period excess earnings method using a 5-year forecast 
followed by long-term growth at 1% reflecting local industry and inflation assumptions. A 10-year useful economic 
life is considered appropriate considering historic customer retention. Management did not identify any indicators 
of impairment in relation to individual intangible assets.
Assets under development predominantly include the implementation of a new end-to-end operational processes 
programme, and an innovative business product. The programme embeds technology across the Group’s global 
operations, which improves working efficiencies, data quality, and provides insights to aid in making business decisions. 
The programme commenced in 2021 and full implementation is expected to be finalised in 2024 where the associated 
economic benefits will begin to flow to the company. Some components have been completed in the current period and 
have been reclassified to Software.
Goodwill has been recognised from the acquisition of Fevertree Limited on 12 March 2013, the acquisition of Global 
Drinks Partnership GmbH (GDP) on 1 July 2020 and the acquisition of Powell & Mahoney LLC (P&M) on 1 August 
2022. The Goodwill recognised from all acquisitions represents the difference between the consideration paid and the 
fair value of assets acquired, and liabilities assumed on each occasion.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
135

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
12. Intangible assets continued
In line with IAS 36, the cash-generating unit(s) to which goodwill has been allocated is tested for impairment at least 
annually by comparing the carrying amount of the unit(s), including the goodwill, with the recoverable amount 
of the unit(s). 
Goodwill has been allocated to the following CGUs:
CGU
2023
£m
2022
£m
Global CGU1
36.2
32.2
P&M CGU
–
4.2
36.2
36.4
1 	 The impairment model for this group of CGUs is based on fair value less costs to sell using the quoted price of the Company’s shares as an estimate of the fair value less costs 
of disposal. This exercise showed significant headroom in the year. There is no reasonably possible change in key assumptions that would cause the recoverable amount 
of this group of CGUs to exceed their carrying amount. Goodwill allocated to the P&M CGU for the prior year has been allocated to the Global CGU in the current year. 
This represents the realisation of synergies identified on the acquisition of Powell & Mahoney (P&M).
13. Leases
The Group leases its office premises in London, New York, Australia and Germany, warehouses in the US and a small 
fleet of motor vehicles used by its UK-based sales team and German-based team. During the financial year, there were a 
number of additions and modifications to the Group’s leases portfolio. These included but are not limited to, the addition 
of the Australian office lease, beginning in July 2023 with a lease term of three years, the modification of the US head-
office, extending the term by five years and five months and the modification of the US NFI leases to reflect changes to 
the annual indexation rate.
Right-of-use assets:
Leasehold property 
£m
Motor vehicles
 £m
Total 
£m
Balance at 31 December 2021
2.5
0.2
2.7
Additions/Modifications
15.1
–
15.1
Depreciation charge for the year
(1.6)
(0.1)
(1.7)
Exchange differences
0.4
–
0.4
Balance at 31 December 2022
16.4
0.1
16.5
Additions/Modifications
2.3
0.4
2.7
Disposals
(0.3)
(0.1)
(0.4)
Depreciation charge for the year
(3.6)
(0.1)
(3.7)
Exchange differences
(0.6)
0.1
(0.5)
Balance at 31 December 2023
14.2
0.4
14.6
Lease liabilities:
Lease liabilities at 31 December
2023
£m
2022
£m
Current lease liabilities
3.4
3.4
Non-current lease liabilities
11.8
13.5
15.2
16.9
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
136

13. Leases continued
Undiscounted future cash flows
2023
£m
2022
£m
Not later than one year
3.9
3.8
Later than one year and not later than five years
11.1
12.6
Later than five years
1.4
1.6
16.4
18.0
Amounts recognised in the profit or loss
2023
£m
2022
£m
Interest on lease liabilities
0.6
0.2
Depreciation charge for right-of-use assets
3.7
1.7
Charge relating to short-term leases
–
0.2
Amounts recognised in consolidated statement of cash flows
2023
£m
2022
£m
Lease payments
4.0
1.8
Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities
2023 £m
2022 £m
Opening Balance
16.9
2.8
Lease payments
(4.0)
(1.8)
Interest expense
0.6
0.2
Additions/Modifications
2.7
15.1
Disposals
(0.3)
–
Exchange differences
(0.7)
0.6
15.2
16.9
14. Subsidiaries
The subsidiaries of the Company, which have been included in the consolidated financial statements, are as follows:
Name
Principal activity
Incorporated
UK Incorporated
Company number
Registered address
2023
Ownership 
%
2022
Ownership 
%
Fevertree Limited
Development and sale 
of premium mixer drinks 
UK 
05291668
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
Fevertree USA Inc.* Development and sale 
of premium mixer drinks
USA
251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, 
Delaware, 19808 USA
100%
100%
Fevertree USA 
Holding Co. Inc.*
The activities of a 
holding company
USA
251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, 
Delaware, 19808 USA
100%
100%
Fevertree USA 
Production Co. Inc.*
Development and sale 
of premium mixer drinks
USA
251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, 
Delaware, 19808 USA
100%
100%
Fevertree UK 
Limited*
Development and sale 
of premium mixer drinks
UK
11129807
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
Fevertree US 
Limited**
The activities of a 
holding company
UK
11129532
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
Fevertree Europe 
Limited*
Development and sale 
of premium mixer drinks
UK
11129528
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
Fevertree ROW 
Limited*
Development and sale 
of premium mixer drinks
UK
11129523
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
Fevertree Australia 
Pty Ltd***
Distribution of premium 
mixers and other drinks
Australia
35 Oxford Cl. West Leederville 
WA 6007 Australia
100%
100%
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
137

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
Name
Principal activity
Incorporated
UK Incorporated
Company number
Registered address
2023
Ownership 
%
2022
Ownership 
%
Fevertree Germany 
Limited**
Development and sale 
of premium mixer drinks
UK
11914001
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
GDP Global Drinks 
Partnership GmbH*
Distribution of premium 
mixers and other drinks
Germany
Marienstr. 17 80331 
München DE
100%
100%
Powell & 
Mahoney Ltd*
Development and sale 
of premium mixer drinks
USA
39 Norman St, Salem, 
Massachusetts, 01970 USA
100%
100%
* 	 Denotes indirectly held subsidiary.
** 	 Denotes indirectly held subsidiaries for by virtue of section 479A of the Companies Act 2006, are exempt from the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 relating to 
the audit of individual accounts.
***	Denotes indirectly held subsidiary which commenced trading in July 2023.
 15. Inventories
2023
 £m
2022
£m
Raw materials
16.1
17.8
Finished goods
51.5
42.3
67.6
60.1
The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in the cost of sales amounted to £192.2m (2022: 
£164.0m). The amount charged to the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income in 
respect of impairment and write-off of inventories to net realisable values was £4.4m (2022: £6.0m). Stock impairment 
occurred due to expired stock, wastage and damages. The comparative 2022 impairment provision was also due to 
expired stock, wastage and damages. A provision of £3.6m has been recognised relating to a quantity of stock on hand 
in the US at period end. This relates to a product quality issue that was identified during the period which has been 
investigated and linked to specific production batches. An insurance receivable has been recognised against this claim 
which has fully offset the costs incurred. 
16. Trade and other receivables 
2023
 £m
2022 
£m
Trade receivables
79.6
64.4
Expected credit loss provision
(1.8)
(1.9)
Net trade receivables
77.8
62.5
Other receivables
5.8
1.7
Total financial assets other than cash and 
cash equivalents held at amortised cost
83.6
64.2
Prepayments
6.3
6.8
Recoverable VAT
1.6
1.4
Total trade and other receivables
91.5
72.4
There is no material difference between the net book amount and the fair value of current trade and other receivables due 
to their short-term nature. There is a moderate level of concentration of credit risk to the Group’s trade receivables as the 
Group has a limited number of distributors for its export markets. 
Within other non-current assets are long-term prepayments £4.3m made to suppliers for long-term contracts for supply 
chain activities (2022: £1.8m). These are amortised on a systematic basis, consistent with the specific supplier contracts. 
Within other receivables is a balance of £5.3m relating to an insurance receivable.
14. Subsidiaries continued
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
138

16. Trade and other receivables continued
Expected credit loss assessment for customers as at 31 December 2023
The following table provides information about the exposure to credit risk and ECLs (expected credit losses) for trade 
receivables as at 31 December 2023. The simplified approach has been used, as required by IFRS 9.
31 December 2023
Weighted average loss rate
rounded
Gross carrying amount
£m
Impairment loss allowance
£m
Current (not past due)
2%
64.5
1.1
1–30 days past due
4%
7.6
0.3
31–60 days past due
3%
2.0
0.1
Over 60 days past due
5%
5.5
0.3
31 December 2022
Weighted average loss rate
rounded
Gross carrying amount
£m
Impairment loss allowance
£m
Current (not past due)
3%
53.1
1.4
1–30 days past due
3%
6.8
0.2
31–60 days past due
6%
1.6
0.1
Over 60 days past due
7%
2.9
0.2
Loss rates are based on actual credit loss experience. These rates are multiplied by scalar factors to reflect differences 
between economic conditions during the period over which the historical data has been collected, current conditions, 
credit insurance and the Group’s view of economic conditions over the expected lives of the receivables. 
Impaired receivables are only written off following the conclusion of administration proceedings.
Movements in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows.
2023
 £m
2022
 £m
Balance at 1 January 
1.9
3.1
Amounts written off
(0.5)
(0.1)
Net remeasurement of loss allowance
0.4
(1.1)
Balance at 31 December 
1.8
1.9
17. Trade and other payables
2023 
£m
2022 
£m
Trade payables
22.3
24.7
Other payables
6.7
4.5
Accruals
26.0
21.2
Total financial liabilities, excluding loans and borrowings, 
classified as financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
55.0
50.4
Social security and other taxes
0.3
0.9
Total trade and other payables
55.3
51.3
There is no material difference between the net book amount and fair value of trade and other payables due to their 
short-term nature. 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
139

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
18. Derivative financial instruments
2023
 £m
2022 
£m
Foreign currency exchange contracts: cash flow hedges
0.1
(0.2)
Foreign currency exchange contracts: other
0.5
(1.6)
Total derivative financial assets/(liabilities)
0.6
(1.8)
The fair value of a derivative financial instrument is split between current and non-current depending on the remaining 
maturity of the derivative contract and its contractual cash flows. All contracts mature in less than 12 months; therefore, 
the instruments are classified as current.
The fair value of foreign exchange contracts is based on external valuations. 
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of the derivative instruments in the 
consolidated statement of financial position.
The increase in fair value on forward contracts not used for hedging purposes of £2.1m (2022: decrease of £2.8m) 
has been included within the total of commitments to buy/sell foreign currency exchange forward contracts of £128.3m 
within note 3, with the unrealised profits offsetting the foreign exchange movements in monetary assets. 
19. Deferred Tax 
The movement on the deferred tax account is as shown below:
2023
 £m
2022
£m
Opening asset
1.9
2.8
Opening liability
(1.6)
(1.6)
0.3
1.2
Recognised in comprehensive income
(1.4)
–
Prior year adjustments
(0.3)
0.5
Recognised in equity
0.1
(1.4)
Closing (liability)/asset
(1.3)
0.3
Details of the deferred tax liability/(asset) are as follows:
Fair valuation of 
intangible assets
£m
Share based payments
£m
Other
£m
Total
£m
At 31 December 2022
(3.8)
1.4
2.7
0.3
Comprehensive income debit/(credit)
0.3
–
(1.7)
(1.4)
Prior year adjustments
–
–
(0.3)
(0.3)
Recognised in equity
–
0.2
(0.1)
0.1
At 31 December 2023
(3.5)
1.6
0.6
(1.3)
After offsetting deferred tax assets and liabilities where appropriate within territories, the net deferred tax asset 
comprises deferred tax assets of £1.7m (2022: £1.9m) and deferred tax liabilities of £3.0m (2022: £1.6m). Other 
deferred tax assets and liabilities include a deferred tax asset of £1.3m related to GDP previous years’ tax losses, a 
deferred tax asset of £1.5m related to stock related differences, mainly based in the US, a deferred tax liability of £2.4m 
on property plant and equipment, a deferred tax asset of £2.8m on lease liabilities and a deferred tax liability of £2.6m 
on right of use assets.
The March 2021 Budget announced an increase in the UK main rate of corporation tax from 19% to 25%, from 1 April 
2023. This rate was substantively enacted in May 2021; accordingly, deferred tax balances as at 31 December 2022 and 
31 December 2023 have been recognised at 25% for all timing differences reversing after 1 April 2023. 
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
140

20. Share capital
2023
2022
Number 
£m
Number 
£m
Ordinary shares of £0.0025 each
At beginning of the period
116,563,677
0.3
116,550,000
0.3
Issued during the year
122,972
–
13,677
–
At the end of the period
116,686,649
0.3
116,563,677
0.3
21. Share based payments
Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)
All employees and full-time Directors of the Group are eligible to participate at the discretion of the Remuneration 
Committee. Share awards may be granted subject to objective performance conditions and vest over a vesting period 
determined by the Remuneration Committee at the time of the grant.
Awards will normally lapse on cessation of employment. However, exercise is permitted for a limited period following 
cessation of employment for specified reasons such as redundancy, retirement or ill-health, and, in other circumstances, 
at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. In the event of an amalgamation, takeover or winding up of the 
Company, unvested awards may vest over such number of shares as is specified by the Remuneration Committee. There 
are also provisions for the exchange of awards in specified circumstances. The awards immediately lapse on the tenth 
anniversary of the date of grant and in the event of the participant’s bankruptcy.
Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:
2023 
Number of shares
Weighted average 
exercise price
£
LTIP
Outstanding at beginning of the year
 1,029,186 
0.0025
Exercised
(122,398) 
0.0025
Forfeited
(253,867) 
0.0025
Granted
 745,511 
0.0025
Outstanding at end of the year
 1,398,432 
0.0025
Of which vested and exercisable
 112,629 
0.0025
2022 
Number of shares
Weighted average 
exercise price 
£
LTIP
Outstanding at beginning of the year
 679,201 
0.0025
Exercised
(13,677) 
0.0025
Forfeited
(117,896) 
0.0025
Granted
 481,558 
0.0025
Outstanding at end of the year
 1,029,186 
0.0025
Of which vested and exercisable
 51,840 
0.0025
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
141

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
21. Share based payments continued
Employee Sharesave Scheme (‘SAYE’) 
In June 2019 the Group introduced a savings-related share scheme in which UK employees can save up to £500 from 
their net after tax salary over a period of three years to purchase options. These options can be exercised at the end of 
their three-year vesting period. Employees have the option to withdraw their savings at any time and forfeit their right 
to exercise the options at the end of the vesting period. This is managed in line with local government regulations.
Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:
2023 
Number of shares
Weighted average 
exercise price 
£
SAYE
Outstanding at beginning of the year
 116,022 
9.18
Forfeited
(38,870)
13.08
Granted
 12,121 
8.44
Outstanding at end of the year
 89,273 
7.38 
Of which vested and exercisable
–
–
2022 
Number of shares
Weighted average
 exercise price
 £
SAYE
Outstanding at beginning of the year
 74,682 
19.89
Forfeited
(50,565)
20.98
Granted
 91,905 
6.96
Outstanding at end of the year
 116,022 
9.18   
Of which vested and exercisable
–
–
The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the period was determined at £12.56 
(2022: £16.29) per option. The weighted average price of options exercised in the year was £13.76 (2022: £31.58). 
The outstanding options have a weighted average remaining contractual life of eight years and exercise prices between 
£0.0025 and £19.64.
Options were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. No performance conditions were included in the fair 
value calculations. The fair value per option granted in the year and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows:
2023
2022
Risk-free interest rate
 3.73% – 4.69%
 1.56% – 3.31%
Expected life
 5 years
 5 years
Expected volatility
 20.25% – 31.46%
 27.55% – 49.58%
Expected dividend yield 
 1.24% – 1.43%
 0.72% – 1.38%
Share price at grant date
 £9.91 – £13.70
 £9.56 – £18.07
For option grants the volatility range reflects the historical volatility based on share transactions since listing. 
The maximum vesting period was used as a basis to determine the expected life of the option. The expected life used 
in the valuation has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise 
restrictions and behavioural considerations. 
The risk-free rate was based on the Bank of England spot yields in effect at the time of grant. The expected dividend yield 
reflects managements and market expectations based on budget projections.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
142

22. Reserves
Share premium is the amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value. 
Retained earnings are the cumulative net profits in the profit or loss. Movements on these reserves are set out in the 
consolidated statement of changes in equity.
Capital redemption reserve was created as a result of the share buy-back during 2014.
The translation reserve captures exchange differences arising on the translation of non-GBP functional subsidiaries’ 
accounts on consolidation.
The cash flow hedging reserve was created as a result of the implementation of hedge accounting. It captures the change 
in fair value for hedge accounted derivatives before the hedged item is reclassified to profit and loss.
23. Dividends
Dividends paid
2023
2022
In respect of the prior financial year
Pence per share
10.68
53.57
Total (£m)
12.4
62.2
In respect of the period ended 30 June
Pence per share
5.74
5.63
Total (£m)
6.7
6.6
Total paid in the year (£m)
19.1
68.8
The Directors are proposing a final dividend of 10.90 pence per share, totalling £12,718,845 for 2023. This dividend has 
not been accrued in the consolidated statement of financial position.
24. Events after the reporting period
There were no events after the reporting period to disclose.
25. Related parties transactions
Compensation of key management personnel:
2023
£m
2022
£m
Short-term employee benefits
1.2
1.2
Bonus
0.2
0.2
Share based payments
1.4
1.1
Employer’s national insurance
0.2
–
3.0
2.5
The key management personnel are judged to be Directors. For full details of Directors’ remuneration, see the 
Remuneration Committee Report on pages 86 to 101. 
26. Ultimate controlling party
In the opinion of the Directors there is no ultimate controlling party. 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
143

COMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AT 31 DECEMBER 2023S
Company number 08415302
Note
2023
£m
2022
£m
Fixed assets
Fixed asset investments
4
66.0
64.6
Current assets
Debtors
5
1.2
0.6
Cash and cash equivalents
14.0
41.4
15.2
42.0
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
6
(21.7)
(30.6)
Net current assets
(6.5)
11.4
Total assets less current liabilities
59.5
76.0
Net assets
59.5
76.0
Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
8
0.3
0.3
Share premium
9
54.8
54.8
Capital redemption reserve
9
0.1
0.1
Retained earnings
9
4.3
20.8
Shareholders’ funds
59.5
76.0
As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, a separate profit or loss account of the Parent Company has not 
been presented. The Parent Company’s profit for the year was £0.7m (2022: £0.9m loss).
The financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 25 March 2024 and were 
signed on its behalf by:
Andrew Branchflower
Chief Financial Officer
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
144

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
Share capital
£m
Share premium
£m
Capital redemption 
reserve
£m
Retained 
earnings
£m
Total
£m
Equity as at 31 December 2021
0.3
54.8
0.1
87.4
142.6
Loss and total comprehensive 
income for the year
–
–
–
(0.9)
(0.9)
Dividends paid 
–
–
–
(68.8)
(68.8)
Share based payments
–
–
–
3.5
3.5
Tax on share based payments
–
–
–
(0.4)
(0.4)
Shares issued
–
–
–
–
–
Equity as at 31 December 2022
0.3
54.8
0.1
20.8
76.0
Profit and total comprehensive 
income for the year
–
–
–
0.7
0.7
Dividends paid 
– 
– 
– 
(19.1)
(19.1)
Share based payments
–
–
–
1.7
1.7
Tax on share based payments
–
–
–
0.2
0.2
Shares issued
–
–
–
–
–
Equity as at 31 December 2023
0.3
54.8
0.1
4.3
59.5
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
145

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
1. Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
Fevertree Drinks Plc (the ‘Company’) is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. 
It is a public company limited by shares, domiciled in England and Wales, in the United Kingdom. The address of its 
registered office is 186–188 Shepherds Bush Road, London, England, W6 7NL. The financial statements of the Company 
have been prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101, Reduced Disclosure Framework (FRS 101), the 
Companies Act 2006.
The Company’s financial statements are presented in Sterling. Amounts are rounded to the nearest million, unless 
otherwise stated. Percentages presented are rounded to the nearest whole number. 
In preparing these financial statements the Company has taken advantage of all disclosure exemptions conferred 
by FRS 101.
Therefore, these financial statements do not include:
•	 certain comparative information as otherwise required by IAS 1;
•	 certain disclosures regarding the Company’s capital;
•	 a statement of cash flows;
•	 the effect of future accounting standards not yet adopted;
•	 the disclosure of the remuneration of key management personnel; and
•	 disclosure of related party transactions with wholly owned fellow group companies.
In addition, and in accordance with FRS 101 further disclosure exemptions have been adopted because equivalent 
disclosures are included in the consolidated financial statements of Fevertree Drinks Plc.
These financial statements do not include certain disclosures in respect of:
•	 share based payments; and
•	 the disclosure requirements of IFRS 15.
In all respects, the Company applies the same accounting policies as the Group, which, as stated above, are outlined in 
the notes to the consolidated financial statements. In addition, the following accounting policies are also applied, given 
the Company’s function as holding company for the Group.
Investments in subsidiaries
Fixed asset investments are stated at cost less provisions for impairment.
Creditors 
Creditors are presented as amounts falling due within one year unless payment is not due within 12 months after the 
reporting period. Creditors are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method. Creditors are presented as amounts falling due within one year unless payment is not due 
within 12 months after the reporting period.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held at call with banks.
Share Capital
Financial instruments issued by the Company are treated as equity only to the extent that they do not meet the definition 
of a financial liability. The Company’s ordinary shares are classified as equity instruments.
Share based payments
The Company operates equity-settled share-based option plans. The fair value of the employee services received in 
exchange for the participation in the plan is recognised as an expense in the profit or loss account, to the extent that 
the recipients are employees of the Company, and recognised as an investment in subsidiary where the recipients are 
employees of a subsidiary. The corresponding credit has been recognised in the profit or loss account reserve. 
The fair value of the employee service is based on the fair value of the equity instrument granted. Where the expense 
is charged to the profit or loss account, it is spread over the vesting period of the instrument. 
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
146

1. Accounting policies continued
Taxation
Tax on the profit for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the Income Statement except to 
the extent it relates to items recognised directly in equity or other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised 
in line with those items.
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.
Deferred taxation
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised where the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the statement 
of financial position differs from its tax base, except for differences arising on:
•	 the initial recognition of goodwill;
•	 the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction which is not a business combination and at the time 
of the transaction affects neither accounting or taxable profit; and
•	 investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities where the Company is able to control the timing of the 
reversal of the difference and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances where it is probable that taxable profit will be available 
against which the difference can be utilised. The amount of the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the deferred tax liabilities 
or assets are settled or recovered. Deferred tax balances are not discounted.
Deferred tax is recognised as income or an expense and included in profit or loss for the year except in relation to 
deferred tax on share-based payments. If the amount of a future tax deduction exceeds the amount of the cumulative 
remuneration expense, the excess of the associated deferred tax is recognised directly in equity.
2. Result from operations 
2023 
£m
2022 
£m
Share-based payments
0.3
1.3
Fees for the audit of this Company were borne by another Group company. The Auditor remuneration for the audit of 
this Company was £30,000 (2022: £30,000).
3. Staff costs
2023 
£m
2022
 £m
Short term employee benefits
1.2
1.2
Accrued bonus
0.2
0.2
Employers national insurance
0.1
(0.4)
Employers pension
0.1
–
1.6
1.0
The average monthly number of employees (including Directors) during the period was 2 (2022: 2).
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
147

4. Fixed asset investment
2023 
£m
2022 
£m
Investment in subsidiary undertakings
Balance as at 1 January
64.6
62.3
Additions
1.4
2.3
Balance as at 31 December
66.0
64.6
Additions relate to share based payments of the Company’s shares offered to employees of subsidiary entities, which are 
treated as a capital contribution by the Company.
Refer to note 14 of the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the list of the Company’s subsidiaries.
5. Debtors
2023 
£m
2022
 £m
Other receivables
0.4
0.1
Deferred tax asset
0.8
0.5
1.2
0.6
6. Creditors: Amounts falling due within one year
2023 
£m
2022 
£m
Amounts owed to group undertakings
20.4
29.2
Other payables
–
0.4
Accruals
0.6
0.1
Corporation tax liability
0.7
0.9
21.7
30.6
7. Share based payments
Share based payment arrangements for Directors are set out in the Remuneration Committee Report, see pages 86 to 101.
Details of the share options in existence are shown in note 21 of the consolidated financial statements.
8. Share capital
Refer to note 20 of the consolidated financial statements for information on share capital. 
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
148

9. Reserves
Refer to note 22 of the consolidated financial statements for a description of the reserves.
In January 2024, the Directors became aware that the interim dividend paid to shareholders in October 2023 was paid 
otherwise than in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 because interim accounts had not been filed at Companies 
House prior to payment. 
A resolution has been tabled for the AGM on 6 June 2024 to authorise the appropriation of distributable profits to 
the payment of the relevant dividend and remove any right for the Company to pursue shareholders or Directors for 
repayment. The overall effect of this resolution is to return all parties to the position they would have been in had the 
relevant dividend been made in full compliance with the Companies Act 2006. It is expected that this will pass with an 
overwhelming majority, which has led to the Company recognising this dividend as though it had been appropriately 
paid in these accounts. For this reason, no receivable is recognised to recover the dividend paid, and the payment of the 
dividend has been recognised as a reduction in reserves in the period.
10. Related party transactions
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption not to disclose related party transactions with wholly owned fellow 
Group companies. Related party transactions with key management personnel (including Directors) are shown in note 25 
of the consolidated financial statements.
11. Events after the reporting period
There were no events after the reporting period to disclose.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
149

Registered and Head Office
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road, London, W6 7 NL
Company Website
www.fever-tree.com
Company Secretary
Alex O’Connell
Advisers
Nominated Adviser and Broker
Investec Bank Plc
30 Gresham Street
London 
EC2V 7QP
Corporate Broker	
Morgan Stanley & Co. International Plc
25 Cabot Square
Canary Wharf
London
E14 4QA	
Legal advisers
Osborne Clarke
One London Wall
London 
EC2Y 5EB
Auditors
BDO LLP, 55 Baker Street London, W1U 7EU
Registrars
Link Group, 10th Floor, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL
COMPANY INFORMATION
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
150

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting (the ‘AGM’) of Fevertree Drinks plc (the ‘Company’) will be held 
at the office of the Company at 186-188 Shepherds Bush Road, W6 7NL, on Thursday 6 June 2024 at 11:00 a.m. 
If you plan to attend the AGM in person, please notify the Company in advance by email to agm@fever-tree.com to 
assist us in planning and implementing arrangements for this year’s meeting. Please include your name as shown on the 
Company’s Register of Members. 
In the event that any changes to the arrangements for the AGM are required prior to the date of the meeting, we will 
announce these through a regulatory news service and on the Company’s website. 
Shareholders are invited to submit any questions for the Board by sending an email to agm@fever-tree.com. The AGM 
will be for the following purposes:
Ordinary Business
To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions which will be proposed as ordinary resolutions:
1.	
Report and accounts
To receive the audited annual accounts of the Company for the year ended 31 December 2023 together with the 
Directors’ reports and the Auditors’ report on those annual accounts.
2.	 Directors’ Remuneration 
To approve the Directors’ remuneration report for the year ended 31 December 2023. 
3.	 Declaration of dividend
To declare a final dividend of 10.90p per ordinary share for the year ended 31 December 2023 payable on 21 June 
2024 to shareholders who are on the register of members of the Company on 17 May 2024.
4.	 Re-election of Domenic De Lorenzo
To re-elect Domenic De Lorenzo as a Director. 
5.	 Re-election of Timothy Warrillow
To re-elect Timothy Warrillow as a Director.
6.	 Re-election of Andrew Branchflower
To re-elect Andrew Branchflower as a Director.
7.	
Re-election of Kevin Havelock
To re-elect Kevin Havelock as a Director.
8.	 Re-election of Laura Hagan
To re-elect Laura Hagan as a Director 
9.	 Re-election of Jeff Popkin
To re-elect Jeff Popkin as a Director.
10.	 Election of Clare Swindell 
To elect Clare Swindell as a Director, who having been appointed since the last AGM, offers herself for election.
11.	 Election of David Lapp
To elect David Lapp as a Director, who having been appointed since the last AGM, offers himself for election.
12.	 Re-appointment of Auditors
To re-appoint BDO LLP as Auditors of the Company to hold office from the conclusion of this AGM until the 
conclusion of the next general meeting at which accounts are laid before the Company.
13.	 Auditors’ remuneration
To authorise the Directors to determine the remuneration of the Auditors.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
151

Special Business
To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions of which resolution 14 will be proposed as an ordinary 
resolution and resolutions 15 to 18 (inclusive) will be proposed as special resolutions.
14.	 Directors’ authority to allot shares
That, in substitution for any equivalent authorities and powers granted to the Directors prior to the passing of 
this resolution, the Directors be and they are generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to Section 551, 
Companies Act 2006 (the ‘Act’) to exercise all powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company, and grant 
rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares of the Company (such shares, and rights to subscribe for 
or to convert any security into shares of the Company being ‘relevant securities’) up to an aggregate nominal amount 
of £97,238.87 provided that, unless previously revoked, varied or extended, this authority shall expire on the earlier 
of the date falling 18 months after the date of the passing of this resolution and the conclusion of the next AGM of 
the Company, except that the Company may at any time before such expiry make an offer or agreement which would 
or might require relevant securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot relevant securities in 
pursuance of such an offer or agreement as if this authority had not expired. 
15.	 Directors’ power to issue shares for cash for pre-emptive issues and general purposes
That, if resolution 14 is passed, the Directors be authorised to allot equity securities (as defined in the Act) for cash 
under the authority given by that resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares 
for cash as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale, such authority to be limited to:
(i)	
the allotment of equity securities in connection with an offer of, or invitation to apply for, equity securities:
	
(A)	 in favour of holders of ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, where the equity securities 
respectively attributable to the interests of all such holders are proportionate (as nearly as practicable) to 
the respective number of ordinary shares in the capital of the Company held by them; and
	
(B)	 to holders of any other equity securities as required by the rights of those securities or as the Directors 
otherwise consider necessary,
but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal 
with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal, regulatory or practical problems arising under the laws 
or requirements of any overseas territory or by virtue of shares being represented by depository receipts or the 
requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or any other matter whatsoever; and
(ii)	
the allotment, otherwise than pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) above, of equity securities up to an aggregate 
nominal value equal to £29,171.66; 
such authority to expire on the earlier of the date falling 18 months after the date of the passing of this resolution 
and the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company but, in each case prior to its expiry the Company may make 
offers, and enter into agreements, which would, or might, require equity securities to be allotted (and treasury shares 
to be sold) after the authority expires and the Directors may allot equity securities (and sell treasury shares) under 
any such offer or agreement as if the authority had not expired. 
16.	 Directors’ power to issue shares for cash for acquisitions and other capital investments
That if resolution 14 is passed, the Board be authorised in addition to any authority granted under resolution 15 
to allot equity securities (as defined in the Act) for cash under the authority given by that resolution and/or to sell 
ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to any such 
allotment or sale, such authority to be:
(i)	
limited to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares up to a nominal amount of £29,171.66; and 
(ii)	
used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the authority is to be used within 12 months after 
the original transaction) a transaction which the Directors determine to be either an acquisition or a specified 
capital investment of a kind contemplated by the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights 
most recently published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this notice, such authority to expire on 
the earlier of the date falling 18 months after the date of the passing of this resolution and the conclusion of 
the next AGM of the Company but, in each case, prior to its expiry the Company may make offers, and enter 
into agreements, which would, or might, require equity securities to be allotted (and treasury shares to be sold) 
after the authority expires and the Directors may allot equity securities (and sell treasury shares) under any 
such offer or agreement as if the authority had not expired.
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING CONTINUED
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
152

17.	 Authority to purchase shares (market purchases)
That the Company be and is hereby unconditionally and generally authorised for the purposes of Section 701 of the 
Act to make market purchases (within the meaning of Section 693(4) of the Act) of its ordinary shares of 0.25p each 
(‘Ordinary Shares’) provided that:
(i) 	
the maximum number of Ordinary Shares authorised to be purchased is 11,668,664;
(ii)	
the minimum price which may be paid for any such Ordinary Share is 0.25p;
(iii)	 the maximum price which may be paid for an Ordinary Share shall be the higher of:
	
(a)	
an amount equal to 105% of the average middle market quotations for an Ordinary Share as derived from 
the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the 5 business days immediately preceding the day on 
which the Ordinary Share is contracted to be purchased; and
	
(b)	 the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the 
trading venue where the purchase is carried out; and
(iv)	
this authority shall, unless previously renewed, revoked or varied, expire on the earlier of the date falling 18 
months after the date of the passing of this resolution and the conclusion of the next AGM, but the Company may 
enter into a contract for the purchase of Ordinary Shares before the expiry of this authority which would or might be 
completed (wholly or partly) after its expiry.
18.	 Ratification of relevant distribution and releases
That:
18.1	 in relation to the dividend paid by the Company on 20 October 2023 (the ‘Relevant Distribution’) the 
Company hereby ratifies and confirms the payment of 5.74 pence per Ordinary Share by way of interim 
dividend paid on 20 October 2023 and the appropriation, for the purposes of the preparation of the Company’s 
audited financial statements for the financial year ended 2023, of the distributable profits of the Company to 
the payment of such interim dividend and the resulting entry for the distributable profits of the Company in 
such financial statements;
18.2	 any and all claims which the Company has or may have arising out of or in connection with the payment of the 
Relevant Distribution against its shareholders who appeared on the register of shareholders on the relevant 
record date for the Relevant Distribution (or the personal representatives and their successors in title (as 
appropriate) of a shareholder’s estate if he or she is deceased) be waived and released, and a deed of release in 
favour of such shareholders (or the personal representatives and their successors in title (as appropriate) of a 
shareholder’s estate if he or she is deceased) (‘Shareholders’ Deed of Release’) be entered into by the Company 
in the form produced to the General Meeting and any Director in the presence of a witness, any two directors 
of the Company (each, a ‘Director’) or any Director and the Company Secretary be authorised to execute the 
same as a Deed Poll for and on behalf of the Company; and
18.3	 any and all claims which the Company has or may have against each of its Directors (save for David Lapp, who 
joined the Board after the payment of the Relevant Distribution) and any former directors of the Company 
(‘Former Directors’), arising out of or in connection with the approval, declaration or payment of the Relevant 
Distribution be waived and released and that a deed of release in favour of each of such Directors and Former 
Directors (‘Directors’ Deed of Release’) be entered into by the Company in the form produced to the General 
Meeting and any Director in the presence of a witness, any two Directors or any Director and the Company 
Secretary be authorised to execute the same as a Deed Poll for and on behalf of the Company.
By order of the Board
Alex O’Connell
Company Secretary
Dated: 24 April 2024
Registered Office:
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road
London
W6 7NL	
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
153

Notes:
1.	 Pursuant to Regulation 41 of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (as amended), only those members 
registered in the register of members of the Company at the close of business on 4 June 2024 (or if the AGM is 
adjourned, 48 hours before the time fixed for the adjourned AGM) shall be entitled to attend and vote at the AGM 
in respect of the number of shares registered in their name at that time. Any changes to the register of members after 
such time shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend or vote at the AGM.
2.	 Each of the resolutions to be put to the meeting will be voted on by a poll reflecting the number of voting rights 
exercisable by each member. The results of the poll will be published on the Company’s website once the votes have 
been counted and verified.
3.	 In the case of joint holders of shares, the vote of the first named in the register of members who tenders a vote shall 
be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of other joint holders.
4.	 A member that is a company or other organisation not having a physical presence cannot attend in person but can 
appoint someone to represent it. This can be by the appointment of a proxy (described in Note 6 below). Members 
considering the appointment of a corporate representative should check their own legal position, the Company’s 
articles of association and the relevant provision of the Act.
5.	 Copies of the executive Directors’ service contracts with the Company and any of its subsidiary undertakings are 
available on request.
6.	 You can vote either:
•	 by logging on to www.signalshares.com and following the instructions;
•	 You may request a hard copy form of proxy directly from the registrars, Link Group, at shareholderenquiries@
linkgroup.co.uk or on Tel: 0371 664 0300. Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by 
provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. Lines are open 
between 09:00 – 17:30, Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and Wales.
•	 in the case of CREST members, by utilising the CREST electronic proxy appointment service in accordance with 
the procedures set out below.
In order for a proxy appointment to be valid a form of proxy must be completed. In each case the form of proxy must be 
received by Link Group, PXS1, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL by 11:00 a.m. on 4 June 2024.
7.	 CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST proxy appointment service may do 
so for the AGM (and any adjournment thereof) by following the procedures described in the CREST Manual. 
CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored members (and those CREST members who have appointed a 
voting service provider) should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider, who will be able to take the 
appropriate action on their behalf.
In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made by means of CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST 
message (a ‘CREST Proxy Instruction’) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & 
International Limited’s (‘Euroclear’) specifications and must contain the information required for such instructions, 
as described in the CREST Manual. The message (regardless of whether it relates to the appointment of a proxy or 
to an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy) must, in order to be valid, be transmitted 
so as to be received by Link Group, RA10 by 11:00 a.m. on 4 June 2024. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be 
taken to be the time (as determined by the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST Applications Host) from 
which Link Group is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After 
this time any change of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated to the appointee 
through other means.
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING CONTINUED
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
154

CREST members (and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers) should note that 
Euroclear does not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal system timings 
and limitations will therefore apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of 
the CREST member concerned to take (or if the CREST member is a CREST personal member or sponsored member 
or has appointed a voting service provider, to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider takes) such 
action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular 
time. In this connection, CREST members (and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers) 
are referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual (available at www.euroclear.com) concerning 
practical limitations of the CREST system and timings.
The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of 
the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (as amended).
Unless otherwise indicated on the Form of Proxy, CREST voting or any other electronic voting channel instruction, 
the proxy will vote as they think fit or, at their discretion, withhold from voting.
8.	 Copies of the final forms of the Shareholders’ Deed of Release and the Directors’ Deed of Release are available on 
request.
Explanatory Notes
Resolution 1 – Receiving the account and reports
The Company must lay its annual accounts before a general meeting of the Company, together with the Directors’ reports 
and Auditors’ report on the accounts. At the AGM, the Directors will present these documents to the shareholders for the 
financial year ended 31 December 2023.
Resolution 2 – Directors’ remuneration
Shareholders have an opportunity to cast an advisory vote to approve the Directors’ remuneration report for the year 
ended 31 December 2023. The report is set out in full in the Annual Report.
Resolution 3 – Declaration of dividend
This resolution concerns the Company’s final dividend payment. The Directors are recommending a final dividend 
of 10.90p per ordinary share in respect of the year ended 31 December 2023 which, if approved, will be payable on 
21 June 2024 to the shareholders on the register of members on 17May 2024. 
Resolutions 4–11 – Re-election (or election) of directors
Resolutions 4–11 concern the re-election (or election as appropriate) of the directors of the Company who, in accordance 
with best practice in corporate governance, are offering themselves for (re-)election. 
The biographies for each of the directors is provided in the Annual Report. 
Resolution 12 – Re-appointment of Auditors
This resolution concerns the re-appointment of BDO LLP as Auditors until the conclusion of the next general meeting at 
which accounts are laid, that is, the next AGM.
Resolution 13 – Auditors’ remuneration 
This resolution authorises the Directors to fix the Auditors’ remuneration.
Resolution 14 – Directors’ power to allot shares
This resolution grants the Directors authority to allot shares in the capital of the Company and other relevant securities 
up to an aggregate nominal value of £97,238.87 representing approximately one third of the nominal value of the issued 
ordinary share capital of the Company as at 24 April 2024 being the latest practicable date before publication of this notice.
The Directors do not have any present intention of exercising the authorities conferred by this resolution but they 
consider it desirable that the specified amount of authorised but unissued share capital is available for issue so that they 
can more readily take advantage of possible opportunities.
Unless revoked, varied or extended, this authority will expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company or the 
date falling 18 months from the passing of the resolution, whichever is the earlier.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
155

Resolutions 15 & 16 – Directors’ power to issue shares for cash for pre-emptive issues 
and general purposes
These resolutions authorise the Directors in certain circumstances to allot equity securities for cash other than in 
accordance with the statutory pre-emption rights (which require a company to offer all allotments for cash first to 
existing shareholders in proportion to their holdings). 
In relation to resolution 15, the authority will grant Directors the power to issue shares for cash where either the 
allotment takes place in connection with a rights issue or the allotment is limited to a maximum nominal amount of 
£29,171.66 representing approximately 10% of the nominal value of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as 
at 24 April 2024 being the latest practicable date before publication of this notice. 
In relation to resolution 15, the powers will be limited to allotments and sales (i) up to an aggregate nominal amount of 
£29,171.66 representing approximately 10% of the nominal value of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as 
at 24 April 2024 being the latest practicable date before publication of this notice and (ii) used only for the purposes of 
financing (or refinancing, if such refinancing occurs within 12 months of the original transaction) a transaction which 
the Directors determine to be an acquisition or a specified capital investment of a kind contemplated by the Statement 
of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of 
this Notice. 
The Directors do not have any present intention of exercising the authorities conferred by these resolutions, but they 
consider it desirable that Directors’ have the authority to issue shares for cash in the above-mentioned circumstances so 
that they can more readily take advantage of possible opportunities. Unless revoked, varied or extended, these authorities 
will expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company or 18 months after the passing of these resolutions, 
whichever is the earlier.
Resolution 17 – Authority to purchase shares (market purchase)
This resolution authorises the board to make market purchases of up to 11,668,664 ordinary shares (representing 
approximately 10% of the Company’s issued ordinary shares as at 24 April 2024 being the latest practicable date before 
publication of this notice). Shares so purchased may be cancelled or held as treasury shares. The authority will expire at 
the end of the next AGM of the Company or 18 months from the passing of the resolution, whichever is the earlier. The 
Directors intend to seek renewal of this authority at subsequent AGMs.
The minimum price that can be paid for an ordinary share is 0.25p being the nominal value of an ordinary share. The 
maximum price that can be paid is the higher of (i) 5% over the average of the middle market prices for an ordinary 
share, derived from the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange, for the five business days immediately before 
the day on which the share is contracted to be purchased and (ii) the higher of the price of the last independent trade, 
and the highest current independent bid on the trading venue where the purchase is carried out.
The Directors intend to exercise this right only when, in light of the market conditions prevailing at the time and taking 
into account all relevant factors (for example, the effect on earnings per share), they believe that such purchases are in the 
best interests of the Company and shareholders generally. The overall position of the Company will be taken into account 
before deciding upon this course of action. The decision as to whether any such shares bought back will be cancelled or 
held in treasury will be made by the Directors on the same basis at the time of the purchase.
The Directors do not have any present intention of exercising the authorities conferred by this resolution but they consider 
it desirable that the authorities are in place so that they can more readily take advantage of possible opportunities.
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING CONTINUED
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report & Financial Statements 2023
156

Resolution 18 – ratification of Relevant Distribution and approval of entry into Shareholders’ 
Deed of Release and Directors’ Deed of Release
The Relevant Distribution, an interim dividend, was announced by the Company on 12 September 2023 and paid to its 
shareholders on 20 October 2023. 
The Company’s prior audited annual accounts did not show sufficient distributable reserves to permit the Relevant 
Distribution. Whilst the group as a whole had generated sufficient profits to justify the payment of the Relevant 
Distribution, for various technical reasons the company did not satisfy the legal requirements under the Act to permit
the payment of the Relevant Distribution.  
In order to remedy the potential consequences of the Relevant Distribution having been made otherwise than in 
accordance with the Act, and to put all potentially affected parties so far as possible in the position in which they were 
always intended to be had the Relevant Distribution been made in accordance with the requirements of the Act, the 
Company is proposing resolution 18.
If passed, the effect of the resolution 18 will be to:
• ratify the Relevant Distribution and confirm the appropriation of the profits of the Company in the relevant financial
year for the purposes of the Relevant Distribution;
• waive any and all claims which the Company has or may have in respect of the payment of the Relevant Distribution
against its recipient shareholders (or the personal representatives and their successors in title of the estate of any
deceased recipient shareholders), such waiver to be effected by way of the entry by the Company into the Shareholders’
Deed of Release; and
• waive any and all claims which the Company may have against its Directors (save for David Lapp, who joined the
Board after the payment of the Relevant Distribution) and Former Directors, such waiver to be effected by way of the
entry by the Company into the Directors’ Deed of Release.
The approach that the Company is proposing by way of the resolution is consistent with the approach taken by other UK 
incorporated companies whose shares are admitted to a market of the London Stock Exchange and that have, similarly, 
made corporate distributions otherwise than in accordance with the Act.
It should be noted that the entry into the Directors’ Deed of Release constitutes a related party transaction for the 
purposes of the AIM Rules for Companies. In addition, the entry into the Shareholders’ Deed of Release constitutes a 
related party transaction in relation to any significant shareholders of the Company (as defined in the AIM Rules). In 
accordance with the AIM Rules for Companies, David Lapp (being the only current director of the Company who was 
not on the board at the time of payment of the Relevant Distribution) considers, having consulted with the Company’s 
nominated adviser, Investec Bank plc, that the entry into the Directors’ Deed of Release is fair and reasonable insofar 
as the Company’s shareholders are concerned. In accordance with the AIM Rules for Companies, David Lapp and 
Clare Swindell (being the current directors of the Company who are not shareholders) consider, having consulted with 
the Company’s nominated adviser, Investec Bank plc, that the entry into the Shareholders’ Deed of Release is fair and 
reasonable insofar as the Company’s shareholders are concerned. 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
157

Registered and Head Office
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road
London, W6 7NL
Company Website
www.fever-tree.com